admin
Fri, 02/02/2024 - 19:52
Edited Text
HAROt'D :E. ltEMf'BH

Registrar a nd Di r ector Of Admissions
Ca liforn i a s tate College ~
. ::.:·
Ca lifornia, Pennsylvania
,.,,:,.~
:8W

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN

STA TE-TEACHERS COLLEGE
1953 - 1954

and
1954 - 1955

_J

~

[Ct~<)

t -

~~{~

J!k..t~'<-'

f

!

I,

PUBLISHED BY THE COLLEGE

CALIFORNIA, PENNSYLVANIA

~

I
i'

THIS COLLEGE
IS A FULLY ACCREDITED MEMBER
OF THE
AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF COLLEGES
FOR TEACHER EDUCATION
AND
THE MIDDLE STATES ASSOCIATION OF COLLEGES
AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS

l
-~

PLAN OF THE COLLEGE GROUNDS

t

1
t



T HE TOWERS-1870

N
ATHLETIC'

TENN I S
COURTS

rtELD

MEN 's

HICKORY

DORMITO~Y

STREET










PARK ST

'AIN

HALL

,~,




[]
t_;1

0

-0-

0 0
0

06-000
AV£NUE

□□□ □□□□ 1

'~

C)
0 0
ooooouo

.

0

Qc- o ~o·ooo

000'0000 0(}

0

0

AVENUE

SC A L E - - = ~OFT.

[]

I

I

~J
COLL£GE AV£. EX T

AO t(ltS

I

1

THE CAMPUS, STA T -E TEACHERS COLLEGE, CALIFORNIA, PA.,

'

,.

.



/

(

I

,, ,

,r

)"

"

•.



I



THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN
CATALOG NUMBER
Volume 63

Number 1

1953 - 1954



and
1954 - 1955



,

STA TE TEACHERS COLLEGE
CALIFORNIA, PENNSYLVANIA
Published by the State Teachers College at California, and entered at
the Post Office at California, Pennsylvania, under the Act of Congress of August 24, 1912.

.

.

"

CONTENTS
PLAN OF THE COLLEGE GROUNDS
COLLEGE CALENDAR ····· ·· ····· ··· · ·· ·

··· ··· ······ ... . ..... .. .......... ... ..... ..... ................. 4-5

BOARDS OF CONTROL................ ... .

. . ... ... ... .. .. .. ...... .. .... .. .. . .. .. .. ... ... .. ... .. .. ... .. 6

State Council of Education
Board of Trustees
... .... .. ..... ............. ... ..... ..... ....... .. .... .... 7

COLLEGE STAFF

Administrative Officers
The Faculty
The Laboratory Schools

·········· ·· ··· ·· ·· ····· ···· ····· ·· ··· ··· ··· ·· ········· ·· .. ···· .. ··· ··· ··17
The Campus, Buildings and Equipment
The Alumni
Scholarships and Loans
Student Development
Health Education and Athletics
Housing Facilities
Veterans at California

THE COLLEGE .

ADMISSION AND GRADUATION

... 33

Admission Requirements
Credits, Grading System and Classification
Graduation Requirements
Certification of Teachers
THE CURRICULUMS

· ·· ·· ····· .. .. ... ..... .. . .. ... ... .... ... .. .. .. ... ...... .. . .. .. .. .. .. ...... ...... .. .. .. 48

Elementary Curriculum
Secondary Curriculum
Industrial Arts Curriculum
Atypical Education Curriculum
Two-year Degree Programs
The Elective Areas
Content of the Areas of Specialization
COLLEGE EXPENSES .. ...... ......... .............. ... ... ................. ... .... .......... ..... .. .... .. .. 66
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

...... ... .. .. .... ... . ..... ... ............. .. ...... .............. ... ... .... 71

Fine Arts Division
Education Division
Health Education Division
Industrial Arts Division
Language Division
Science Division
Social Studies Division
INDEX

.. 108

CALENDAR 1953,1954
1953 SUMMER SESSION

THE PRE- SESSION . .

... .... .June 8 to June 26

THE SIX-WEEK SESSION

. .. .June 29 to August 7

THE POST SESSION ... .... ...

'

...... .August 10 to August 28

1953-1954 ACADEMIC YEAR

THE FIRST SEMESTER

Registration of Freshmen .. ..

.... ... Tuesday, September 8

Regi stration of Upperclassmen ... ...... .. ..Wednesday, September 9
Classes Begin with the First Period .... .Thursday, September 10
Thanksgiving Recess Begins at the
Close of Classes .... .

... Tuesday, November 24

Thanksgiving Recess Ends at 8 :00 a .m . .. .Monday, November 30
Christmas Vacation Begins at the
Close of Classes .. .. .... .. .....
...... Wednesday, December 16
Christmas Vacation Ends at 8 :00 a .m . ... ..... Monday, January 4
Semester Ends at Noon

.... ... .Thursday, January 21

THE SECOND SEMESTER

Registration
Classes Begin at 8: 00 a.m ...

..... .. Monday, January 25
... .. .Tuesday, January 26

Easter Recess Begins at the
Close of Classes .. ... ..... ... ... ... ....... .. .. .. ... ..Tuesday, April 13
Easter Recess Ends at 8 :00 a.m. .
Alumni Day..
Commencement Exercises

... ..... .Tuesday, April 20
. Saturday, May 22
... ..Monday, May 24

CALENDA~ 1954-1955
1954 SUMMER SESSION

........ June 7 to June 25

THE PRE-SESSION ....

..June 28 to August 6

THE SIX-WEEK SESSION

...... August 9 to August 27

THE POST SESSION .

1954-1955 ACADEMIC YEAR

THE FIRST SEMESTER

Registration of Freshmen

.. ......... .

Tuesd✓- ~eptember 7

Registration of Upperclassmen ........... Wednesday, September 8
Classes Begin with the First Period .... ... Thursday, September 9
Thanksgiving Recess Begins at the
Close of Classes ................

..... Tuesday, November 23

Thanksgiving Recess Ends at 8 :00 a.m . ... Monday, November 29
Christmas Vacation Begins at the
Close of Classes
................... Wednesday, December 15
Christmas Vacation Ends at 8 :00 a.m ... ....... Monday, January 3
Semester Ends at Noon ......... .................. .. .. Thursday, January 20

THE SECOND SEMESTER

Registration

.... ..Monday, January 24

Classes Begin at 8 :00 a.m. ..

.. ...... Tuesday, January 25

Easter Recess Begins at the
Close of Classes ..

......... Tuesday, April 5

Easter Recess Ends at 8: 00 a.m.. ...

.. .. .. Tuesday, April 12

Alumni Day

.. Saturday, May 21

Commencement Exercises .... .. ... ... .... .. .... .. ..... .. ... ... Monday, May 23

\/

6

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN

BOARDS OF CONTROL
COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION

FRANCIS B. HAAS

.. Superintendent of Public Instruction

President, State Council of Education
Chairman, Board of Teachers College Presidents
Member (ex-officio) of the Board of Trustees

TEACHER EDUCATION AND CERTIFICATION DIVISION
HENRY KLONOWER, Director
JOHN K. TRAYER

STANLEY A. WENGERT

Assistant Director

Assistant Director

STATE COUNCIL OF EDUCATION
BISHOP BROWN ...
......... .Pittsburgh
W . FLOYD CLINGER. .... .
···· ···· warren
ELSIE M. HECKMAN .... .
. .. .. .Allentown
DONALD L. HELFFERICH
............ .. Collegeville
MILES HORST .....
........... Lebanon
ROBERT C. SHAW ..
... .. ..... Camp Hill
G. MORRIS SMITH ..
........ Selinsgrove
HERBERT J. STOCKTON
............. ....... Johnstown
JOHN J. SULLIVAN ... ...
........................ .... Philadelphia
MRS. MARGARET SULTZABERGER, S ecretary

THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES
BENN G. BINNS, President..
.... .... .......................... Monongahela
D. C. LONGANECKER, Vic e-President ... ....... ..... .......... .. ... ....... .Waynesburg
CHARLES A. GALLAGHER, S ecretary-Treasurer .....
....... California
JOHN KUHN, M emb er of the E xecutive Committee of
the Trust ees Association ..... .
.. Belle Vernon
MRS. FRANK M. ROBB
.. .. ......... ..Latrobe
S. RAY SHELBY.
..... .. .... Uniontown
JAMES E. HAMER ....
.Fayette City
MRS. D . ROY CLYDE ..
. ..... ... Canonsburg

COLLEGE STAFF

7

COLLEGE STAFF
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS
C. HERMAN GROSE, President
B.S., West Virginia Wesleyan Colleye; M.A., Ph .D., Univ ersi ty of
Pittsburgh; Ped.D., West Virginia Wesleyan College; LL.D., Allegh e ny College.
PAUL N. WALKER, Dean of Instruction
B.S., Bucknell University; M .S., University of Pittsburgh.
FRANK w. LENOX, Dean of Men
A.B., Westminster College; M.A. , The Pennsylvania State College.
LELA T. HAMILTON, (Mrs.) Dean of Women
A.B. , Davis-Elkins College; M.A., T eachers College, Columbia
Univer s ity.
THOMAS M. GILLAND, Director of Student T eaching and Placement
A.B., Ursinus College; M.A., Teac hers College, Columbia Un iversity;
Ph.D., University of Chicago.
SHRIVER L. COOVER, Director of Industrial Arts
B.S., Gen eva College; M .A., Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh.
LILLIAN CONLON STEWART, (Mrs.) BURSAR
ARTHUR POLLOCK , Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF

Manager of the College Bookstore

KATHET?INE BURGER,

Nurse

LINNEA V. ECKEL, (Mrs.)
SARAH L . HALL, (Mr s .)

Housekeeper

VIRGINIA E. LUCKHARDT,
ARLENE

Librarian

K. MILLER, (Mrs.) Dietitian

R egistrar

LILLIAN PIRIBEK ,

DOROTHY M. REICHARD ,

Assistant to the L i brarian

SECRETARIAL AND CLERICAL STAFF
CLEO BOYLE (Mrs.),

Secretary to the D ean of Men and W omen

DOROTHY Y. HARPER (Mrs.),
RosE MARY LIKO ,

Secretary to the Dean of Instruction

Secretary to the Director of Industrial Arts

EVELYN RISHER,

R ecords Clerk

VIRGINIA SACCO,

Bookkeeper

MARY ELAINE SCRIP,

S ecretary

BARBARA STANLEY (Mrs.) ,
SARA E. STEELE,

Admissions and V eterans Clerk

Secretary to D'irector of Student T eaching

GERALDINE M. YARNALL (Mrs.),
RUTH UNDERWOOD,

Bookkeeper

S ecretary to the President

8

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN
THE FACULTY
DURING

1952-1953

C. H ERMAN GROSE. President
• (1 95 2) B.S. , W es t V irg i n ia W esle y a n Colle ge; M.A ., Ph.D., U n ive rs i ty of P ittsb u rg h ; Ped .D ., W es t Vi r g in ia W es l e y a n Coll ege; LL.D .,
A lle g h e ny Coll e ge.

P AUL N . W ALKER, Dean of Instruction
(19 3 0) B. S ., B u c kne ll U niv e r s ity; M.S., Uni ver s i ty of Pit t s burg h .

E MERITI
ROBERT M. STEELE,

President E meritus

* * (1 92 8-1 952) P h. B ., B u c kn e ll Un i v e r s i ty ; M .A ., P h.D ., T each e r s
Coll ege, Colu mb ia U n ive r s ity ; L L .D. , B u ckne ll U niv e r s ity.

ELLA E . BERNSTORF, Emeritus D ean of Women
(193 0-1 945 ) A.B ., So u t h w estern Coll e ge ; M.A.. U n ive r s i ty of Ka n sas ;
M .A. , Teach e r s Coll e g e, Colu mb ia U ni versi ty.
MARIE T . ESCHER, E m eri/Jus Professor of Elementary Education
(1 922 -1 95 1 ) B.S., M.A., U n ive r s ity of P ittsb urg h .
MIN N IE L . JO NES, E m eritus Professor of Elementary Education
(1 92 2-1 93 9 ) B .L .I ., Em e r so n Co ll e g e .
I SAAC CLAYTON KELLER, E m eritu s Pro f essor of E n glish
(1923 -1 952) A.B., A lbr ig ht College; M.A. H a r vard U ni ve r s i ty; P h .D.,
Un iv er s ity of Pi t t s b u rg h.
N EVA W . MO NTGOMERY (Mrs . ), E m eritus Professor of Elem entary

Educati on
(1 9 2~ -1 9 47 ) B.S. , M.A. , G e orge P eabod y Coll eg e.

SAMUEL M . NEAGLEY, E m eritu s Pr of essor of Education
(1 9 27- 1 947) A .B., F r a n kli n and Ma r s h a ll Coll e g e ; M.A ., Colu m bia
Uni v e r s i t y ; P h .D., U ni vers i ty of P i tts b u r g h .
ELON G. SALISBURY, E m eritus Professor of M athematics
(1930 -1 945) B.S., U ni on Co ll e g e; M.A. , P h .D., Geo rge W ashi n gto n
Unive r s i ty.
ELMER E . SCHREINER, E meritus Professor of Physical Edu cation
(1 9 21-194 1 ) B.S., Jun ia ta Coll e g e.
CHARLES VEON, Emeritus Pr ofessor of Piano
(190 9-1953) M u s. D ., N e w York Co n s ervat ory o f M u s ic; L.A.B ., The
Royal Sch ool s of M u si c, L o ndon .
LOUISE M . WARD, E meritus Manag er of t he Book store
0

• •
F REDERICK A . A TKINS, Associate Professor of Math ematics
*(1 9 46 ) B.S., M.A., Columbia Uni ve r s ity.
R UTHANN E. BAGSHAW, (Mrs. ), A ssistant Pro f essor of Elementary

Education
(195 1 ) B .S., M.A., U n ive r sity of P itts burg h .

0.

RAY BON TRAGER, Pro f essor of Educati on
(1 9 3 6) B.A., M .A. , P h .D .. U n iv e rsity of Iowa.
• Y ea r of A ppo int m e nt.
•• Y ea r s of Service.

THE FACULTY

9

J AMES H. BOWLEN , Associate Professor of Speech Correction
•(1946) B.A., West Virginia U ni ver s ity; M .A ., Co lum'bia Univ er s ity.
MERRILL G. CAMPBELL, Associate Professor of Industrial A rts
(1948) B.S., State Teachers Coll ege at California, Penn sylvan ia;
Ed.M., U ni ve r s ity of Pittsb urg h .
HE NRIETTA CARROLL,

Assistant Professor of English; Modern

Language
(1926) A.B., All egh e ny Coll ege; M .A ., University of Pittsburgh.
RALPH F. CHARNEY, Instructor of Industrial Arts
(1946) B.S. , State T eac h e rs Coll ege a t Californ ia .
CORA B. COOVER (Mrs .) , Instructor of Speech
t
B.L., Northwestern Univer s ity.
f;HRIVER L. COOVER, Director of Industrial Arts
(1930) B.S., Gen e v a College; M .A., Ed.D., Unive r s ity of Pitts burgh.
VIRGINIA W. CRANDALL (lVIrs.), Assistant Professor of Speech
(194 8 ) A.B., Par so n s Coll e ge ; M.A., Sta t e Uni ver s ity of Iowa.
ANGUS H. DouPLE, Assistant Professor of Industrial Arts
(1946) B.S. , State T eac h ers Coll ege at Kutztown, P e nnsylva nia;
M.Ed., Pennsylvani a State Coll e g e.
J. CALVIN FLEMING, Assistant Professor of Physics, Physical Science
(1948) B.A., Coll e g e of Wooste r; M. Lit t ., Unive r s ity of Pitt s burgh.
LOUISE A. NELSON GARRETT (Mrs.), Associate Professor of English
(1952) B.A., M.A., Un iversity of Pennsylva nia ; Lit.D., Un ive r s ity of
Michiga n .
THO MAS M. GILLAND, Director of Student T eaching and Placement
(1931) A.B., Ursinus Colleg e ; M.A., T eac hers Coll eg e, Columbia Univers ity; Ph .D., U nive r s ity of C hi cago .
NANCY

t

W.

GRIMES (Mrs.), Instructor in Geography
A .B ., M.A., University of Nebraska.

EDWIN E. HALSTEAD, Assistant Professor of Music
(1924) B.S., M .A., New York Univer sity.
LELA T. HAMILTON (Mrs.),

Dean of Women, Associate Professor of

Education
(19 52) A .B ., Davi s -Elk ins Coll ege; M .A., Teache r s College, Columbia
Universit y .
GEORGE E. HARDING, Associate Professor of Geography
(1 927 ) B .S., P h. G ., Fremont Coll ege; A.B., N ebraska Wesleyan Unive r s ity ; M.A., U ni vers ity of N ebraska .
GEORGE S. HART, Professor of Social Studies
(19 38) A .B., M .A ., Ph.D., Univer s ity of Pittsburgh.

• Year of appointment.
P a rt tim e.

t

THE

10

CLYDE M. HARTMAN,

CALIFORNIA BULLETIN

Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Physical

Science
• (1947) B.S., M.Ed. , University o f Pittsburgh.

BESS

M. HAZEN, Associate Professor of Art
(1926) A.B., Carn egie Institute of Technology; M.A., University of
Pittsburgh.

Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education; Director of Athletics; Coach of Basketball

EUGENE J. HESTER,

(1946) B.S., M.S., West Virginia University.

LOUISE A. HILDRETH,

Assistant Professor H ealth and Physical

Education
Hl926) B.8., Syracuse Uni ver s ity; M.A., New York University.

AARON J. HOOVER, Assistant Professor of Industrial Arts
(1936) B.S., State T each ers College at California; M.Ed., U nive rsi ty
of Pittsburgh.
JACK F. HoYEs, Assistant Professor of Visual Education, English
(1946) B.S., State Teachers Coll e ge at Californi a; M.Ed., University
of Pitts burgh .
ROSE GRECO HUGHES (Mrs.), Instructor in Elementary
(1938) B.S., State T eachers Colle g e at Cal ifornia.

Education

CLAIR MARTEL HUGHEY, Assistant Professor of E n glish
(1928) A.B., Ohio Un iver s ity ; M .A. , Ohio Stat e University.
ELIZABETH JOHNSTON, Professor of E nglish
(1947) A.B. , West Virginia Unive r s ity; M.Litt. , Ph.D., Uni ve rsity
of Pi ttsburgh.
MARY C. KING (Mr s.), Assistant Professor of Elementary
(1936) B.S. , M .Ed., University of Pittsburgh.

Education

FRANK W. LENOX, D ean of Men, A ssistant Professor of Social Studies
(H47) A.B., W e stm in ster Coll eg e ; M .A ., Th e P e nn syl van ia Stat e
Coll ege.
JOHN F. LEWIS, Associate P rofessor of Biology, Botany
( 1 945) B.S. , S u sq u eh a nna Uni v er s ity; M.Litt. , U niv e r s ity of Pitt s b u rgh.
VIRGINIA E . LUCKHARDT, L i brarian
A .B. , M.A., Unive r s ity of Pitt s burgh; JW.L.S ., Ca rn eg ie In s titute of
T echn ol ogy .
•'!.DA K . MARSH (Mrs.), Assistant Professor of Elementary Education
(1945) B.S., State Teachers Coll e g e a t Ca li fo rn ia ; M .Ed., Unive r s ity
of Pi tts•burgh.
HARRY L. MO NROE, Assistant Professor Physical Science and

Ma thematics
(1946) B.S., Grove City Coll ege ; M.Ed., Uni ver s ity of Pi t t s b urgh.
THEODORE J. NEMETH, Assistant Professor of H ealth and Physical

Education; Coach of Football; Director of Intramurals
B.

(1946) B.S., M.Ed., The P e nn s y l vania State Coll e g e.
LOUISE RAKESTRAW, Assistant Professor of English
(1846) A.B., M.A., Bucknell University.

GEORGE H. ROADMAN, Associate Professor of Social Studies
(1946) B.S., S t at e T e ach e rs Co ll eg e at Ca l iforni a; M.A., Univer sity
of P itt sb urgh .

• Y eq r of a1J p ointm e nt .
t Sa bbati cal leav e 1952-1953.

THE LABORATORY SCHOOLS
EMMA SACCO,

11

Associate Professor of Social Studies; Spanish

*(1928) B.S., New York University ; M .A ., Univers ity of Chicago.

Assistant Professor of Elementary Education; Coach
of Baseball; Assistant Coach of Football

ANDREW SEPSI,

(1 950 ) A .B., Waynesburg College; M.A., University o f West Virginia.
IRVIN

J. SHUTSY, Assistant Professor of Industrial Arts
(1948) B.S., State Teachers College a t Cal ifornia; M.Ed ., Unive r sity
of Pittsburgh.

ALEXANDER R. SMOYER, Assistant Professor of Industrial Arts
(1H6) B.S., State T eachers College a t California, Pennsylvania;
M.Ed., Univ ersity of Pitts burgh.
HUBERT EDWARD SNYDER, Assistant Professor of
(1949) B.S., M.S., Penn s ylvania State Co ll ege.

Biology; Zoology

ANTHONY T . STAVASKI, Assistant Professor of Industrial Arts
(19 35 ) B.S. , Fitchburg Sta t e T each ers Coll ege; M.Ed., Unive r s ity
of Pittsb urgh.
HAROLD W . TRAISTER, Professor of Education
(194 7) B.S., M.A., Ed.D. , Univer s ity of Pittsburgh.
LUCY A . VALERO, Assistant P rofessor of Elementary Education
(1951) B.S. , State T each e r s Coll eg e at Cal ifornia ; M.A., Pennsylvania State College.
CLAIR B. WILSON, Associate Professor of Psychology; Education
(1926) B.S., Grove City College; M .A., Ohio State Univers ity.
MALVERNE R. W OLFE, Professor of History
(1947) B.S., State T each ers Coll e g e at Slippe ry Rock; M .A., Ph.D.,
University of Pittsburgh.

THE LABORATORY SCHOOLS
THEODORE

B. Noss

LABORATORY S CHOOL

RUTHANN E . BAGSHAW (Mrs . )' Kindergarten
(1951) B.S., S tat e T each e rs Colleg e at California ; M.A., U ni ver s ity
of Pittsburgh.
DOROTHY L. CRAWFORD (Mrs.) , Grade One
(1 948) B.S. , S t ate Teach e r s CoJl ege at Californi a .
LUCY A . VALERO, Grade Two
(1951) B.S., S t ate Teach er s Co ll ege at Cali for nia ; M.A., P e nn sy l vani a
State Coll ege.
ADA K . MARSH (Mrs.), Grade Three
(194 5 ) B.S., State Teach e rs Coll ege at C:tlifornia; M.Ed. , Uni ver sity
of Pittsb urgh.
MARY C. KING (Mr s.), Grade Four
(19 36 ) B.S., M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh.
ANDREW SEPSI, Grade Five
(1950) A .B., Waynesburg Coll ege; M .A., University of West Virginia.
MERRELL E . HOLMAN (Mrs .), Grade S ix
(1947) B.S., State T each e r s Coll ege a t Cali fo rni a; M.Ed. , U ni ver s i ty
of Pittsburgh.
• Year of appointment.
t L eave of absen ce .

12

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN
THE CO-OPERATIVE TEACHERS
AVO N WORTH HIGH SCHOOL

R. BERTIN,
In du strial Arts

JULES

B.S. , Sta te T ea c h e r s Co ll e ge a t
Ca li fo r nia ; M. E d ., Pen n sy l va nia
State Co ll ege.
BRENTWOOD SCHOOLS

Elem entar y School
FRANCES FREDEL, Gr ade One
B .S., D u q u es n e U n ive r s it y.
DOROTHY THOMAS, Gr ade Two
B.S.,
M.Ed.,
U n iver s i ty
of
P i tts b urg h .
ELIZABETH BRANDOW,

Grade Thr ee
B. S., A ll egh e n y ; M .E d ., U ni versi ty of P i t t sb urg h .

High School
EARL T . KUHN, Industrial Arts
B. S., Sta t e T e ac h e r s Coll ege at
Califo rnia .
CALIFORNIA
COMMUNITY SCHOOLS

Elem entary School
LENA C. DELAIDI, Grade Three
B.S. , State T each e r s Goll e g e,
Californi a , Pe nn s yl va ni a .
BERTHA M. GuE, Gr ade One
B .S., Stat e T eac h e r s Colle g e at
Ca li fo rnia ; M .A., U ni v e r s ity of
P i ttsb urg h .
JOSEPH J. KULIKOWSKI,

Grade S ix
B .S. , Sta t e T e ac h e r s Coll e g e
Califo rnia, P e nn s yl van ia.
STEPHEN E. PAVLAK,

Grades F ive and S i x
B.S., Sta te T eac h e r s Co ll e g e a t
California ; M .Ed., U ni ve r s ity
of Pitts burgh.

Junior High School
WARREN S . PIPER,

Social Studies
B.S., Sta t e T e a c h e r s Coll e g e a t
California.
WILLIAM RADICK, Science
B.S., W ,a.yn esburg Coll eg e.

S enior High School
FREDERICK H . FISHER,

Mathemati cs
B.A., W ashingto n & J effe r son ;
M. S., U ni ver s ity of W. Virginia.
DOLPH HICKMAN, Science
B. S ., W es t Virg ini a U ni v e r s ity ;
M.Ed ., U niver s i t y of Pittsb urgh.
MARGARET w. NEILL, English
B.S., State T ea che r s Co ll ege at
Californi a.
WILLIAM R. WATKI N S,

Social Stu dies
B.S., Sta t e T each e r s College a t
California.
CHARLEROI

S enior High School
THELMA V. CARUSO, Speech
B.S., Thi e l Coll e g e ; M. of L ett e r s , Univ e r s ity of P itt s burg h .
LILLIAN I. COLVIN, English
A .B., Mu s king um Coll eg e ; M. A .,
U niver s i ty: of M ic h ig a n.
ELLEN CLARK, English
A .B ., G en eva Colle g e; M .L ..
U nive rsity of Pit ts burgh.

Junior High School
MARGARET L. SCHWARTZ,

Mathematics
B.S., State T eac h e r s Coll e g e at
Californi a ; M. L itt., Unive r s ity
of Pittsburgh.
DAVID L. WEAVER, Science
B.S., Sta t e T eac h e r s Colle g e at
California .
ALMA R. S EED, Geogr aphy
B. S., S tate T each e rs College at
Cali fo rni a; M.Ed ., Uni versity
of Pitts burgh.

S enior High S chool
RUTH J. BARNUM,

Social Studies
B. S. , State T eac h e r s Co lle ge,
Califo rnia , P e nn s y l van ia .
CRAFTON HIGH SCHOOL
REID McGIBBENY,

Industrial Arts
B.S., Sta t e T eac h e r s Co llege a t
Californi a .

13

THE COOPERATIVE TEACHERS

ANNABELLE SWEENEY, History
A.B., Grove City; M.A., Stat e
College.

DONORA HIGH SCH60LS

Junior High School
BEULAH R. BOYD, Geography
B.S., State T eacher s College at
California; M;.A. , University of
P i ttsb urg h .
DOROTHY LENIO JOSWIEZK,

MT. LEBANON HIGH SCHOOL

M ellon Junior High School
ROY

Mathematics
B.S., State Teachers Coll ege a t
California.

S enior H igh School
MARY M. CURRY, E nglish

F . ANDERSON,
Industrial Arts

B.S., State Teachers Co ll ege a t
Cal ifor nia; M .E d., Un i ver s ity
of Pittsburgh.
SPENCER H . WELLS,

B.S., State T eacher s Coll ege at
Cali forn ia.
J. ROBERT CRAIG, Science
B .S., W . Va. W esl eyan .

I ndustria.l Arts
B.S., State T eac hers Co ll ege a t
Cali fo rnia.

S enior Hi gh School

DUNBAR TOWNSHIP HIGH SCHOOL
WILLIAM B. COLE,

F. RAMSEY,
I ndustrial Arts

JOHN

B.S.,
M.Ed.,
P ittsb urg h .

Industrial A r ts
B.S., State Teachers Co ll ege at
Cal iforni a.
BRUCE M. SHEARER,

U ni vers ity

of

NEVILLE TOWNSHIP HIGH SCHOOL
J . PHILLIP YOUNG,

Industrial Arts

Industrial Arts

B.S., State Teacher s Coll ege at
Cali for nia .

B.S., Un i ver s ity of P i t t s burgh.
OAKMONT HIGH SCHOOL

MAY N ARD S N YDER,

Industrial A rts
B.S., Sta t e T each e r s Coll ege at
Cali forn ia.
GREENSBURG GRAMMAR SCHOOL

F . HUTSON,
Industrial Arts

ROBERT

B.S., State T eac h e r s Co ll ege a t
Cali fo rnia; M.Ed., U nive r s it y
of P i ttsb urg h .

CARLISLE M . AGNEW,

In dustrial A r ts

PITTSBURGH

B.S., State Teachers Coll ege a t
Cal iforni a .

Taylo r -Alderdice H igh S chool

GREENSBURG HIGH SCHOOL

IRVI N A. HY MAN,

In dus trial A rts ·

F. BEAMER,
Industrial A rts

JOH N

B.S., Carn eg ie
T ec hn ol ogy.

Instit ute

B.S.,
M.Ed.,
Pittsb u rg h .
of

RAYMOND J. KUHAR,

Industrial Arts
B.S., State T each e r s Coll ege at
Cali fo rn ia; M . Ed., P e nn s ylvania State College.
MONO NGAHELA HIGH SCHOOL
MADELI NE BOYLAND, Speech
A.B., M .A., Co lu mbia Univ.
JAMES STERNER, B iology
B.S., State Teach e rs Coll ege
Cali forn ia .

U ni versity

of

HERBERT A. LEWIS,

Industrial Arts
B.S., State Teac h e r s Coll ege a t
Ca lifornia; M .Ed., Un iver s ity
of P ittsb urgh.
AUGUST K . WINTERLING,

Industrial A r ts
B.S., M.Ed.,
P it tsb urgh.

U ni ver s ity

of

E. A . LIBERATOR,

Industrial A rts
B.S.,
M .Ecl.,
P itts burgh .

U ni ve r sity

of

14

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN
SOMERSET HIGH SCHOOL

RICHARD FLICK,

Industrial Arts
B.S., State T eachers Colle g e a t
Californi a; M .Ed., The Pennsylva nia State C oll eg e.
CHARLES A. REVELLO,

lndustri,a,l Arts
B.S., State T eachers Colle ge at
Cali.fo rnia;
M .Ed.,
Pennsylva ni a State College.
UNIONTOWN

Elementary

S enior High School

H. SCHENCK,
Industrial Arts

THOMAS

B.S., State Teachers College at
California .
WASHINGTON HIGH SCHOOL
FRANK M. BISS,

Industrial A r ts
B.A., Was hington & J effe r son
College; M.Ed., University of
P itt sb urgh .

W. KERNS,
l ndustri.al A rts

CURTIS
LOIS McMANUS, Grade One
B.S., State T eac h er s College,
Cali for nia, Pennsylvania.
THELMA C. UMBEL,

Grade Three
B.S., State T each ers Co ll ege ,
Cali fo rnia, Penn s ylvania.
FAITH FEARER, Grade Fiv e
B.S., Sta te T each e rs Coll ege ,
California, Penn sylvania.
VIOLA R. RYAN, Grade Five
Norm a l Diploma, S t a t e Teache r s Coll e ge, Indi a na.
RUTH E. BARRY, Gr ade Six
B.S., Indiana State T each e r s
Coll ege; M.Ed ., Pennsylvania
Stat e Coll ege.
UNIONTOWN HIGH SCHOOL
JOHN V . C0NNOLEY,

Industrial Arts
B.S., State Teach e r s Coll ege,
California, P e nnsylvania.
ROGER T ~ LININGER,

Industrial Arts
B.S., Bradley Polytechnic Ins t itute, Illinois.

B.S., State Teac hers Coll ege at
Cali fornia.
M. JAY LUFT,

Industrial Arts
B.S., Sta te Teachers Coll ege at
California; M.Ed., U nive r s it y
of Pittsburgh.
WEST MIFFLIN BOROUGH
SCHOOLS
JAMES S. CRISWELL,

l ndiis trial Arts
B.S., Sta t e T eac hers Coll ege at
California.

E. MOON,
Industrial Arts

DO NALD

B.S., Sta t e T eachers Colle ge at
Cali fornia; M.A., T eac h e r s Coll ege, Co lu1nbia U ni ve r sity.

RALPH V . STEEB ,

Industrial A r ts
B.S., State Teac h e r s Coll eg e at
Cali fo rni a; M.Ed., University
of P ittsb urgh .

FACULTY COMMITTEES
COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY
for the year 1963-1954

The President of the College ie an ex-officio member
of all Committees

ADMISSIONS AND SCHOLARSHIP
PAUL N . WALKER,
SHRIVER L. COOVER

Chairman

GEORGE S. HART

THOMAS M. r.ILLANn

EUGENE J. HESTER

EDWIN E. HALSTEAD

C. M. HUGHEY

GEORGE E. HARDING

CLAIR B. WILSON

ASSEMBLY
MALVERNE

R. WOLFE,

Chairman

JAMES H. BOWLEN

EDWIN E. HALSTEAD

VIRGINIA CRANDALL (MRS. )

IRVIN J. SHUT SY

and
FOUR STUDENTS
TWO FROM STUDENT

TWO FROM STUDENT

CONGRESS

ACTIVITIES ASSOCIATION

COLLEGE BOOK ROOM
C. HERMAN GROSE,
GEORGE S. HART

Chairman

LILLIAN C. STEW ART (MRS.)
PAUL N. WALKER

STUDENT HOUSING
FRANK W. LENOX

LELA T. HAMILTON (MRS.)

16

16

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN
LIBRARY COMMITTEE
GEORGE S. HART,

Chairman for 1958-54

SHRIVER L. COOVER

VIRGINIA LUCKHARDT

GEORGE E. HARDING

C. B. WILSON

ELIZABETH JOHNSTON

PAUL N. WALKER

SOCIAL COMMITTEE
HARRY L. MONROE,

Chairman

ANGUS H. DOUPLE

HENRIETTA CARROLL

LILLIAN C. STEWART (MRS . )

GEORGE H. ROADMAN

STUDENT LOAN FUNDS
WILLIAM
AARON J. HOOVER,

c.

GRIMES,

S ecretary

Chairman

IRENE STEVENS EDWARDS (MRS. )
C. HERMAN GROSE

PAUL N . WALKER

SUMMER SCHOOL
ALEXANDER R. SMOYER,
HENRIETTA CARROLL

(1954)

Chairman fo r 1958
JACK F . HOYES

(1955)

PAUL N . WALKER

STUDENT EMPLOYMENT COMMITTEE
LELA T. HAMILTON (MRS.)

FRAN K W. LENOX

ARLENE K . MILLER (MRS.)

EUGENE J . HESTER

LILLIA N STEW ART (MRS.)

ARTHUR POLLOCK

JUNIOR STANDING COMMITTEE
MALVERNE R. WOLFE,
ELIZABETH JOHNSTON
IRVIN J . SHUTSY

Chairman

JAMES H . BOWLEN
J . CALVIN FLEMING
HAROLD W . TRAISTER

HISTORY OF THE COLLEGE

17

THE COLLEGE



The prov1 s1ons of this bulletin are not to be regarded as an
irrevocable contract between the student and the College. The College reserves the right to change at any time within a student's
term of residence, any provision or requirement in keeping with
changes of the State Department of Public Instruction or the Board
of the State Teachers College Presidents. The College further reserves the right to ask, at any time, that a student withdraw for cause.

PURPOSE

The College is a professional one, owned and controlled by the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, for the specific purpose of preparing teachers for the public schools. It prepares teachers for all of
the elementary grades and for the academic fields of the junior and
senior high schools. In the special fields it serves the western half
of Pennsylvania in preparing teachers of indu strial arts; teachers of
classes for the mentally retarded, and to act as speech correctionists.
Students who show that they are not fitted for the profession of teaching may be asked, at any time, to withdraw.

HISTORY

The borough of California, founded in 1849, gets its name from
the gold rush to the state of California during the same year. The
settlers here, early feeling a n eed for education, in 1852 establi shed an
academy. Thirteen years later that institution r eceived a state charter to become the Southwestern Normal College. In 1894 it was given
official state recognition and became known as th e Southwestern State
Normal School.
In 1913 the stockholders of the original institution voted to
accept a proposal of the State Board of Education for the purchase
of the school, . and in 1914 entered into an agreement, which was
approved by the governor, making the Southwestern State Normal
School a state-owned institution.
Under state control the Normal School at California, together
with others throughout the state, developed new programs and new
services. Curriculum standards were constantly advanced, until in
1928. the State Council of Education granted to the College the right

18

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN

to offer a four-year curriculum in elementary education, leading to
the Bachelor of Science degree. A few months later the same body
approved the addition of a four-year curriculum for the preparation
of t eacher s for public seconda ry schools. In 1929 the school became
officially a T eachers College, fourteen students receiving degrees at
the Commencement in May.
In the fall of 1930 an industrial arts curricu lum was added .
Since that time t he services in t he elementary field have been exten ded to include courses for the preparation of teachers interested
in speech correction and in mentally retarded classes.
Today the College, with four four-year curriculums and several specialized servi ces, ranks among the outstanding institutions
of its k ind in t he state a s well as in the Eastern United States. During 1952-1953, it served 650 full-time students and more than 100
t ea cher s-in-service. It has a faculty and administrative staff of 70
persons.
The service area of the Colleg e includes, for the preparation
of elementary and secondary school teachers, Washington, Fayette,
Greene, and Somerset Counties, and for t he preparation of teachers
of industrial arts and atypical education, all of West ern Pennsylvania.

LOCATION

The State T eachers College at California, located in what is
known as the Tenth T eachers College District, is 35 miles south of
Pittsb urgh; 16 miles from Uniontown; 25 miles from Washington,
P en nsylvania; 25 miles from Waynesburg; an d 66 miles from
Somerset.
The College is most easily reached over U. S. Route 40, which
comes within four miles of California at Malden, a short distance
from West Brownsv~ 'nd over Pennsylvania Route 88.

~

Bus and railro~e./2ices a dd to its accessibility. One bus route,
ween California and Roscoe, makes hourly connections with the
erurban t r olley from Pitt sburgh ; another makes several daily runs
direct to Pittsburgh; others furnish service to Brownsville, Charleroi,
Monessen, and Pittsburgh. One Bus Service over Route 40 makes
connection with a local line direct to California.

BUILDIN GS

19

THE CAMPUS, BUILDIN GS, AND EQUIPMENT
P RESENT B UILDI NGS

E ighteen buil dings, of which 14 are brick, are arranged in a
quadra ngle on a cam p us of 28 acres. The entire campu s h as been
laid out by a landscape a r chitect, with hedg es, sh ade t r ees, flower
plots, and shrubbery. Many uncommon plant s and trees are included



in t h e collection, which, besides a dd ing beauty to t he campu_:; ...~~~-s~
~

a~ r ~ s ce e

o: i~ e~

.

Main Hall, t he oldest building on the campu s, was fi r st used
in 1870. The administrative offices, t he libr ary, t he a udit orium , a nd
a number of classr oom s are located in this building .
Nor t h Hall, built in 1874, serves a s a women 's dor mitor y, T he
Colonial Room and College Infirmar y are on the first floor. The
ground floor houses the rooms for the commuting women.
S outh Hall, built in 1876, h as been
houses the
► 9 1 i)
partment, clinic and conference ro oms.
occupies the front portion of this building.

£fu!c;g

Dixon Hall , built ir.~1907, in addition to &~~·yj ng as a ~
~ crmitory includes ft\l__fie_rgi~ Roo~
1e F rench P rp~n~ ~ rr, )_~
1
c1al Room and 1;he ~ ~ r a te~ack Bar .P, tJ-(1..,.._.,,
~

oV

I

Science Hall, which stands n ear the center of the northern
boundary of the campus, was built in 1892 and r emodeled in 1938.
The laboratories, equipped to accommodate 30 students at a time, ar e
modern in every r esp ect.
Science Annex, a temporary structure located on the nor th
side of the campus, has been constructed recently to acco1Up1odate /J
classes in biological science, mathematics, and speech. - JR_~ ~~
~e,/~

~C.-0

~

a,_.J.

--lo,_ ~

{..(....__ ~

20

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN

The Noss Laboratory School, built in 1930 on the southeast
corner of the campus, is a center for student teaching, including observation and demonstration work.
The Industrial Arts Building, opened for use in 1939, is on the
east campus. This building is one of the best planned and most complete of its kind in the country. It provides laboratories, classrooms,
offices, storage rooms, a reference library, and shop facilities for
printing, woodwork, painting, machine shop, sheet metal, forging,
welding, auto mechanics, electricity, and ceramics.

H erron Hall, facing Third Stree1i:E,__~he college gymrn~ ium.
The first floor includes a classroom, a p"la?'f8'om,
~'"&c~ir rooms
for men and women; on the second floor are a lar e gymnasium and
four classrooms. The central portion was built in 1930; the classroom wings were added in 1932.

a~d

Herron Hall, East Wing, was opened in 1939. It contains one
of the be~t swimming pools in Western Pennsylvania. The glazed
tile pool is illuminated indirectly by disk-shaped chandeliers, as well
as by underwater lights. The tank with a sloping, tiled bottom and
permanent black swimming lanes, is 75 feet long and 25 feet wide.
Two corrective-exercise rooms and a large playing floor ~ o~
this wing.
~


~

~ built

Vulcan HaU, imme,Hately behind the main baild;f

,.---- in 1892 as a gymnasium. ' J . \ ~>-c. <'>' · ~ _
• ~
~ ~ 1 t:vrtbtwg. The upper floor of Vulcan Hall houses a ~
~ Lou~
The decorations and equipment of modern design, were
p_ . _.. .,. t?
mned and executed largely by the Industrial Arts Department. The
~~(
room is unique for its use of bright color in the furnishings and deco~~
rations. A large mural, depicting student life on the campus, was
f>..JJ./v
designed and Rfiin~ed by a former student.
V,:r·
~ __,.J h-1,,,....._ ~-~ ·
the gymnasium, and the Indu strial Arts building, hou ses 125 men. It
includes an apartment for the Dean of Men , beautiful lounges, recreation and service rooms. The building is fir eproof and modern in
every respect; the furni shings throughout are entirely new. It was
first occupied September, 1952.
Other buildings are the Heating Plant, an attractive stru1/ture
on the northeast campus, and the Laundry and the Maintenance Plant,
both of which are near Vulcan Hall.

')
IA.....;--.._
~

A

~

~

'

--:--



'

,../}

.

.

•'

- ,,-,

LIBRARIES AND LABORATORIES

21

NEW BUILDINGS

A new auditorium is under construction. This building, located along Third Street on the eastern edge of the campus, will, in
addition to having complete auditorium facilities for 900 persons, be
properly equipped for instructional u se in speech and dramatic arts.
It is scheduled for completion in September, 1953 .

.

~

OTHER DEVELOPME N TS

The Lilley Recreational Center is a student enterprise, located
two miles so uth of the campus on R oute 88. It is a farm of 82 acres,
with a stone house, built in 1810, and a large stone barn; the latter
has been renovated and remodeled for student activities. The property was purchased by the students and is being gradually Gleveloped
as an activity and recreational center.
The Athletic Field, a seven-acre tract located southeast of the
main campus and conveniently near the gymnasium, furni shes adequate facilities for football, track, baseball, tennis, arc,hery, and
other outdoor activities.

I
I
I

I

I

LIBRARY AND LABORATORIES

The library, a~S'lmt housed in Main Hall, contains more than
27,000 volumes. Approximately 1,000 volumes are added each year.
The library s ubscribes for over 200 current magaz ines and newspapers
and has catalogued nearly 2,000 bound volumes of periodicals. Spacious, well-lighted reading rooms accommodate 150 students. The
periodical reference room provides limited study space for students
upon request.
The College maintains well-equipped laboratories in biology,
chemistry, physics, psychology, and speech, in addition to the facilities provided in t he many shops for industrial arts students. The
chemistry, physics, and biology laboratories, with lecture rooms adjaci·nt, are located in Science Hall, which was remodeled and redecorated
iit 1938. Each of these laboratories accommodates a class of 25 or
30 students. Science Annex has facilities in biology for laboratory
sections of 50. ( The speech correction clinic is also located in this
building-) The psychology laboratories are located in the Noss Laboratory School , which is also the campus center for elementary student
teaching. Excellent shop facilities are provided in the Industrial Arts
Building.

22

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN
CLINICAL SERVICES

Although the main function of the College is teacher-education,
additional service to the community and to the area is furnished
through speech and psycho-educational clinics, which serve both public school children and college students. Many school districts, as
well as individuals, are aided annually through the facilities of
these clinics.
The speech clinic provides ari opportunity for students and
teachers to observe speech correction at work. A week-day clinic
accommodates cases for treatment over the period of a semester.
School surveys and clinic and office appointments are available to
anyone.
The psycho-educational clinic, which aooperates closely with
the speech clinic, deals with problems of social attitude, personality,
and retardation in learning. It is open for after-school appointments
on Mondays, Wednesdays, and Fridays, and on Saturday mornings.
A limited amount of field service is furni shed to school districts that
wish to establish special classes for mentally retarded children. This
clinic has an equal interest in the study and adjustment of children
of superior ability. In the two types of service it meets approximately
50 children monthly.
CLINICAL SERVICES FOR COLLEGE STUDENTS

Each student has the opportunity to use the college clinical
services for gaining an understanding of his personal characteristics.
This study includes a graph of personality traits an d inventories of
study skills, interests, and social attitudes. Th rough interviews the
results of these inventories and their relation to teaching are made
evident to the student, who is carefully shown the r esponsibilities he
is about to undertake as a teacher. As these analyses are meant to
be aids in specialized guidance rather than criticism, the information
they contain, considered confidential, is used only for professional
purposes.
This service is extended to students at any time while they
are enrolled in the College or to hi g h school seniors planning to enter
college. It is of particular value to college freshmen.
THE ALUMNI
Alumni Association membership numbers more than sixty-five
hundred. Many of these graduates are engaged in the teaching profession in Western Pennsylvania, but this group is also represented
in many other states. Commencement week provides special opportunities each year for returning alumni to visit the campus. During
the year meetings are held to discuss various problems of the Association and to plan special issues of The Alumni Bulletin. Published
f:lur times a year, this Bulletin serves as the official publication of the
Association .

.

SCHOLARSHIP AND LOANS

•.

23

The officers of the Alumni Association for 1953-54 are
VhLBUR GALBRAITH '09 .. .....
.. ........ .. .... .. ..
. President
DAVID WEAVER '25/
·· · ...... .......
~
..... ... . .... ......... . ...... . First Vic e President
.Second Vice President
. ..~~ ..
JEAN DONAHEY 'i7 .. .
RALPH GLOTT '46 .. ......... ~ ............. .. .. .... Third Vice President
HAZEL FULMER /'34 ........... :.......... .. ......... ...... .. .. . .. ...... Financial Secretary
BERTHA GUE '22
........... . First Corresponding Secretary
LILLIAN FIKE '14 ..
..... .Second Corresponding Secretary
EDNA DEYARMON '08 ..
.. ...... Third Corresponding Secretary
FRANCES KILLIUS '24 ..
.. ......... .. F irst R ecording Secretary
.. ... Second Recording S ecretary
KATHRYN GRIMM '28 ..
ELIZABETH FARQUHAR '49 .... .
.. .. .. .Third R ecording Secretary
JOHN R. GREGG '07 ..
..... Treasurer
The Board of Directors is composed of
IRVIN WILLIAMS '16
RUTH MCGUFFIE CRAGO '16
IRENE SHOAF '20
ESTHER AUSTIN '13
JACK HOYES '31
MARJORIE CHALFANT '21
DR. C. HERMAN GROSE, ex-officio
The Alumni Association has the whole-hearted cooperation and
support of the faculty and the officers of the admini stration.
SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS
STATE SCHOLARSHIPS
H qlders of State Scholarships may attend State Teachers Colleges and use the Scholarship award toward m eeting their expenses.
The S enatorial S cholarships do not apply to State T eachers Colleges.
THE STUDENT LOAN FUNDS
STUDENT LOAN FUND
A small loan fund was establi shed by th e Class of 1927 for
the purpose of giving financial assistance to worthy students. From
time to time various groups of individuals have contributed money
until the fund amounts at present to approximateli ~ Donors
of amounts of $100 or more are as follows:
• I 'l.,$0--0
Class
of
1926
Class
of
1935
Class
of
1927
Class
of
1936
Fayette Co. S. S.
1927
Class
of
1938
Class
of
1928
Mary Graham Noss Fund
Class
of
1929
J. B. Smith Alumni Chapter
Monocal
1930
California Coterie Club
Class
of
1932
Class
of
1941
Monocal
1934
Class
of
1944
Class
of
1934
These funds are held in trust by a Board of Directors made
up of two alumni and three faculty members. The following officers
were appointed for 1953-54: William C. Grimes, chairman, Mrs. Irene
Stevens Edwards, Dr. C. Herman Grose, Paul N. Walker, and Aaron
J. Hoover, secretary-treasurer. All contributions should be sent to

24

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN

one of these persons. Arrangements for a loan should be made with
the secretaryA'f
1t f )
Students may obtain aid only during the last half of their
college careers. The committee, in granting loans, takes into consideration scholarship, personal worthiness, and professional attitude.
Students who cannot provide for th~mselves financially during
their first year at the College should reconsider their plans to enter.

~•~Ii

MEMORIAL FUNDS

Gifts or bequests to the Student Loan Fund amounting to $1,000
or more, given in memor y of individuals, provide the basis for the
Memorial Funds. The funds now include:
THE LEE AND CLARA SMITH MEMORIAL FUND

The Lee and Clara Smith Memorial Fund was established by
the bequest of Lee Smith, a fo rm er trustee and from his s ister, Clara
Smith, of the class of 1890.
THE P. W. MORGAN MEMORIAL FU ND

The P. W. Morgan Memorial Funril was established by Peter
W. Morgan in memory of his father, L. W. Morgan, one of the founders who served as a trustee until 1912, and his s ister, Elizabeth Mor-gan, of the class of 1885 and a lso a former trustee.

I':> t'.l. Switl

II

A"~

THE MARY GRAHAM NOSS MEMORIAL LOAN FUND

.

Th ~ fund, sponsored by t he Mary Graham Noss Loan Board
o the Alumni Association, is desig ned to aid students during the
first two years of their college work through the granting of loans.
The mon ey is depos ited with the treasurer of the Mary Graham Noss
Loan Board in a separate account known as the Mary Graham Noss
Loan Fund.
The selection of stud ents to receive a ssistance und er this fund
is made by
W'!nmittee-c011~"t~thrg of the Bresiderr of ~
olleg , a
~ .----~a~c"':u_l:':t;v._~ 1Ser selectea7iy e Loan ""Board, the Dea of Instruction
<
and the Fc-inancial Sl!cr'eta:ry ol t-he. Mary Graham Noss Loan Board.
Only high school graduates in the upper half of their class are
eligible to apply for loans. Loan recipients are expected to maintain a satisfactory academic standing while attending college. The
loans are repayable to the treasurer of the Loan Fund with interest
beginning six months after the completion nf the requirements for
the degree.
,.;
Applicants should direct their inquiry to the Dean of Instruct ion at the College.
STUDENT DEVELOPMENT
To give himself valuable experience, the student is required to
.assume as large a share of respons ibility through self-direction as is

ADVISORY SYSTEM

25

practical. T o accomplish this, various organizations, including such
groups as the Student Activities Association, the Student Cabinet,
the Student Congress, the Day Women's Council, the Day Men's Council, the Dormitory Women's Council, an d the Dormitory Men's Council, have been established on the campus .
The College candidly faces its responsibi lity for the development of those social, cultural, intellectual, and spiritual qualities
that are vital in teaching. Every means in the classroom and on
the campus is pointed to the fulfi llment of this objective. It is the
function of the offices of the Dean of Men and the Dean of Women
to cooperate with th e departments of ins truction and with ot her college agencies in achieving thi s result .
The College a ss um es that the young men and young women of
college age who obtain admi ssion to the institution know what cons titutes intelligent moral conduct. Students who fail to maintain s uch
a standard, a s judg ed by the student councils and colleg e authorities,
will not be permitted to remain . For carryin g out the spirit which
prevails and the regulation s which have been es tablished, each dormitory group, and the commuting men and women in their groups,
select their own councils and, cooperating with their r espective deans,
share in the government of the College. An efficie nt s tudent government and a pleasant, congenial spirit have res ul te d.
ADVISORY SYSTEM

The Colleg e gives particular attention to the new student. By
means of tests and interviews, efforts are made to determine the int erest s and abilities of each student. The res ults of "the~e test s and
interviews are a vailable to every faculty member concerned.
While faculty members are called upon to assist with the guidance program, certain members have bee n a ssig ned the following
definite respon s ibilities :
1. The Dean of Instruction ass umes responsibility for educational guidance; selection of curriculums, course requirements, certification requirements, student load.
2. The Dean s of Personnel are respon sible for social adjustments : housing, org anization of commuting students, religious activities, social activities and development of study
programs.
3. A Veteran s ' Clerk has been des ignated a s Veteran s' Adviser
to deal with special problems relating to veterans.
4. Each facu lty member maintains office hours for the guidance and advisement of students. The schedule of office
hours of all faculty members is posted in the General Office.
Students are encouraged to consult their advisors at frequent intervals during t he semester.
5. Health guidance is the primary respon s ibility of the resident n urse.

r

,,

1

cJ//

:~:~~

Iti~ 1/

)/7

d~~l

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN

At the beginning of the School year, each first year student
is assigned to a faculty advisor whose function is to be of service
during the years of college life. The advisor studies the educational
and social background as well as the aptitudes and interests of the
assigned advisee in the regularly scheduled conferences.
RELIGIOUS ADVANTAGES

Though affiliations with particular sects are avoided by the
a uthorities of the College, every endeavor is made to interest students in religious work and to develop a clean, wholesome, moral
atmosph ere. On Wednesda y evenings the "Y" meets. Students are
expected to attend the churches of their choi ce on Sunday mornings.
CHURCHES

There are churches of t he following denominations in California: Baptist, Christian, Methodist, Nazarene, and Presbyterian.
A Jewish Synagogue is also located in the borough. There is a Roman
Catholic church in Coal Center, about one mile from the campus.
SOCIAL LIFE

Throug h receptions, parties, teas, dan ces, and other social
events h eld frequently durin g the college year, every possihle effort
is made to bring about a wholesome an d hom elike atmosphere among
the students. The Colonial Room, t he French Provincial Room and
the Vulcan Men's Lounge, aid considerabl y in developing a stimulating social l1fe. • The wh ole program is designed to stress the importance of a teacher's being prepared to meet the social amenities.
To control the situations that sometimes develop at social functions, persons not enrolled as stud ents at the College are admitted to
parties, dan ces, and similar functions only as guests of faculty members or of students. Guest cards must be obtained by the student
g iving the invitation before four o'clock on the day of the event, at
t he office of the Dean of Men or of the D ean of Women. Those w ho
care to dan ce may do so in t h e French Provincial Room from 12 :30
p. m. to 1 :00 p. m. and from 6 :30 p. m. to 7 :30 p. m. da ily.
Complete information about the rules and regulations that gover n dormitory stud ents may be obtained from the Dean of Men or the
Dean of Women. Th e Vulcan, the stud ent handbook which is issued
annually a nd given to each stud ent upon registration in September,
con t a ins detailed information concerning activities and organizations.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES

St uden t activities develop initiative, co-operative effort, and
leader ship. The College encourages a varied prog ram, and work
,vith t h e students through the offices of the Dean of Men and the
Dean of Women in achieving the des ired results. All students are
required to take nart without credit, in one physical education activi t y

STUDENT ACTIVITIES

27

each semester in which no required physical education work or student teaching is taken, and to be active in another activity one semester each year.
The following are the significant student activities on the
campus:
PUBLI CATIONS

ATHLETICS



Baseball
Basketball
Football
Mushball
Tennis
Women's Athletic Association

Tower Times (Newspaper)
Monocal (Yearbook)
Th e Industrial Arts L ead er
(Industrial Arts Department)
Th e Vulcan (Handbook)
DRAMATICS

College Players
SPECIAL INTEREST CLUBS

Biology Club
Chemistry Club>
Childhood Education
Association
Future Teachers of
America
Geography Club
Mathematics Club
Photography Club
Radio Club
Rifle Club
Veteran s' Club
Varsity Club
Music
College Band
Men's Glee Club
Mixed Chorus
Women's Glee Club
SOCIAL GROUPS

Gamma Pi Chi
Married Couples Club
Monvalea

FORENSICS

Discussion Club
HO NOR SOCIETIES

Alpha Psi Omega
Epsilon Pi T au
Kappa Delta Pi
Phi Sigma Pi
Pi Gamma Mu
Sigma Alpha Eta
GOVERN I NG GROUPS

Student Activities
.Association
Student Congress
Athletic Council
Publications Council
Housing Governing Groups
Men Day Students'
Council
Women Day Students'
Council
Dormitory Men's
Council
Dormitory Women's
Council

HEALTH EDUCATION AND ATHLETICS
HEALTH EDUCATION

During the freshman and sophomore years each student is required to take a course in health education, which includes instruction in gymnastic activities, swimming and personal hygiene. Credit

28

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETI~

is given for the first two years. Juniors and Seniors are required to
participate in some physical activity without credit if they are not
doing their student teaching.
The health education program is not conducted with the idea
of developing professional athlete's but of familiarizing students with
a number of activities, in some of w hich, it is hoped, they will find an
interest that may be carried over into their work as teachers and into
their personal lives.
He who expects to be a leader of boys and girls should know
many games, because young folk s enjoy variety. With this idea in
view, a varied intramural sports program is conducted. Thi s includes
instruction in apparatus, archery, baseball, basketball, boxing, eurythrnics, folk dan cing, fencing, hockey, marching, primary games, relays,
speed ball, tennis, tumbling, touch football, track, volleyball, and
wrestling.
Uniform gymnasium dress for men and women is required.
The approved uniforms may be purchased from the campus Book
Store. The cost of a woman's uniform, which consists of a one-piece
suit and socks for the gymnasi um, is approximately $5.00. In additi on, each student must provide herself with rubber-soled gym shoes.
A short coat or heavy sweater and slacks will be necessary for the
outdoor work in the fall and spring, and a pair of stout, low-cut shoes
for hiking will also prove u seful. Men students ma y purchase the
r egulation athletic shorts and shirts at the College Book Store for
a pproximately $2.00. They must provide themselves with rubb ersoled gym shoes for gymnasium work.
In addition to the required heal t h edu cation courses, an extens ive intramural athletic program is sponsored for advanced students.
Veterans may be granted physical education credits for their
military service by an evaluation of their military record. During
the first semester in attendance the vetera n is expected to furni sh
the Dean's Office with a certified or photostatic copy of his service
r ecord, if credit for military ser vice is desired. After the first semest er veterans will be required to schedule credit courses in physical education until the evaluation has been completed. All veterans are
required to participate in s ome physical activity each semester even
though they may have received credit for the required physical education courses.
HEALTH SERVI CE

The Health Service at the College, attended by a registered
nurse, who resides in the dormitory, provides di spensary care and
l imited infirmary service. The dispensary, located in North Hall, is
well equipped to handle emergency situations. Students who are ill
enough to be confined to bed may be cared for in the infirmary. Several local phys icians are subject to call in case of necessity.



ATHLETICS



29

The College infirmary is well equ ipped with adequate waiting rooms, examination and treatment r ooms, X-ray and individual
recovery rooms and an isolation room .
Students are advised that, after the initial consultation and
first aid treatment by a college physician and the nurse, subsequ ent
attention and care must be given by or under the advice of an outside physician of the studen t's choice. All expenses for such treatment and for medicine must be paid by the student.
All students must undergo general physical examination conducted once each year by local physicians, with the assistance of the
resident nurse and the members of the Department of H ealth Education. Periodically, certain examinations, including X-ray examinations for tuberculosis, are g iven through the cooperation of the State
Department of Health.
HEALTH

I NSURANCE

California offers two plans of student insur ance which cover
the stu dent from the first day of school until the close of school in
the spring.
1. Accident Reimbursement-Reimbursement will be made up

to $500 for each accident. It makes no difference wheth er
the accident occurs at college, at home or while traveling or
participating in sports. Expenses include x-rays, hospital
bills, nurses', physician s' and surgeons' fees, laboratory costs,
medicines, and, in fact, any medical expense incurred as a
result of an accident.
2. Accident and Sickness Reimbursement-Reimbursement will
be made for actual medical expenses, not to exceed $500 for
each illness.
The Student Insurance Plans supplement the College Health
Program by protecting the student from the expense of the more
costly illnesses and injuries requiring hospital care, surgical treatment, x-ray examinations or consultants' services. Complete information is avai lable in t he general office.
ATHLETI CS

Although the College em phasizes intramural athletics, it also
sponsors a rather complete program of inter collegiate sports. Students h ave the opportunity of being on varsity teams in football , basketball, baseball, rifle, and tennis. Varsity schedules usually include
colleges in Pennsylvania, Ohio and West Virginia.
Football and baseball are played on an athletic field adjacent
to the main campus. Splendid facilities for basketball are available
on two regulation playing floors, one in t he main part of H erron H all,

30

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN

the college gymnasium, an d t he other in the East Wing. Excellent
swimming facilities are a vailable in a r egulatio n pool in Herron
H a ll, E as t Wing . T ennis is played on six h ard-surfaced courts adj a cent to the football field .
Although the College believes in and encourages intercollegiate
s ports, it does not permit them to come before study in t he life of
the student. The eligibili ty code of the Board of T each ers College
P residents is str ictly en force d. Ri gid a dministrati ve super vision is
given to all varsity spor ts an d a hig h standard of scholarship maintained.



A complete statement of t he rules an d r egulations established
by t he Board of Presidents that govern athletic competition is given
in Th e V u lcan, the stud ent handbook.
HO US I NG F AG ILITIES
The college dormitories, under t he s up ervision an d dir ection of
the Dean of Men and the Dean of Women, are provided foi· t he com.fort and convenience of resident students.
Rooms are furni shed with beds, chairs, tables, stud y lamps,
dressers and wardrobes. The beds are supplied with s heets, pillow
cases, blankets an d bedsprea ds. Students must s upply their own
towels and su ch personal effects as they desire. Laundry should be
ma rked with printed or woven name tabs.
Because of th e facilities the amount of laundry furni shed each
student is limited.
A room may be reserved in advance by sending the registrat ion deposit of $10, with an indication of the type of room desired.
No room wi ll be reserved without a deposit . Reservations will be
held unti l three o'clock on the afternoon of the day of registration.
At that time, th e reservation will be withdrawn unless the student
has notified the College by letter, telephone, or t elegram of his intention to arrive later. The deposit will not be returned unless application is made a t least three weeks prior to the opening of the College
or if the applicant is refused admission. Up on registration the f ee
is applied to the student's regular account.
DORMITORIES FOR WOMEN

Dixon H all, a dormitory for women, houses 95 students. On the
ground floor is the French Provi ncial Room, which is used for recreat ional purposes, providing facilities for da ncing and other social activities ; and the student cooperative Snack Bar. The bea utiful Georgian
Dining Room with a seating capacity of 425 persons is situated on
the first floor of Dixon Hall.

,.

DORMITORIES

31

North Hall, built in 1874, was completely remodeled and made
fire resistant in 1951, and serves as a Women's Dormitory. The first
floor is occupied by the Colonial Room, a gracious living room, and the
infirmary. The infirmary is fully equipped with the added features
of an X -ray room and diathermy machine. The second and third
floors have spacious living accommodations for 96 women students
and an apartment fo1· the Dean of Women .
DORMITORIES FOR MEN

Johnson Hall, a new men's dormitory, located on Hickory
Street, near the athletic field, houses 125 men. It includes an apartment for the Dean of Men, beautiful lounges, recreation and service
rooms. The building is fireproof and modern in every r espect; the
furni shings throughout are entirely new.
Fay ette, Greene, Somerset and Washington Halls are dormitories for men. Although they are temporary structures, they are
well-equipped, centrally heated, and with complete facilities, each room
accommodating two stud ents. Each building houses approximately
50 students.
ACCOMMODATIONS FOR COMMUTING STUDENTS

Students who commute either by train or automobile have modern and convenient quarters. Lockers protected by combination locks
are provided for the safety of student's clothing and personal property.
The large ground-floor rooms of North H all are headquarters
for women students who commute. They are attractively furnished
with study tables, chairs, and studio couches, and equipped with
lockers, showers, and hair dryers. The entire , floor was recently
redecorated.
Commodious facilities for men who commute are at present on
the ground floor of Science Hall and the newly redecorated Vulcan

Hall.
LIVING OUTSIDE DORMITORIES

Students will not be permitted to room or board outside the
dormitories, except in the homes of parents, grandparents, brothers,
sisters, uncles, or aunts, unless special permission has been granted
by the Dean of Men or the Dean of Women. Arrangements must be
made with the proper dean before rooms are engaged. Students will
not be permitted to room in houses which have not been approved by
the Housing Committee.
All women, living away from home in off campus housing
will be directly under the jurisdiction of the Dean of Women. Permission to eat in the College Dining Room while living in town must
be approved by the President. Any change of address must be approved by the proper Dean before becoming effective.

32

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN

VETERANS AT CALIFORNIA
The educational opportunities for Veterans of World War II,
a uthorized by Public Law 346 (World War II veterans) and Public
Law 550 (Korean veterans ) and, in special cases Public Laws 16
and 894, are available. The College is cooperating with the Veterans'
Administration in offering the regular degree curriculums to those
desiring to prepare to t ea ch in the elementary, secondary, atypical
or it1dustrial arts field s.
Graduates of approved four-year high schools are admitted to
these educational programs upon application, in conformity with the
established entrance requirements.
Veterans of World War II and the Korean War who are not
graduates of four-year high schools may be admitted to the College
under certain provisions as set forth in Bulletin 1, Th e Pennsylvania
Plan for Evaluati on of S econdary Credentials, fo r E x aminations and
for the Issuance of the H igh School Equivalent Di ploma Und er Act
Numb er 212, Appr oved May 15, 1945, issued by the Department of
Public Instruction September 7, 1945. Veterans who desire information should contact the College admissions officer to determine whether
they are eligible for admi ssion under thi s plan.
The evaluation of military and naval training into college
credits will be made by the Dean of In struction and a faculty committee, in accordance with the policies of the Board of Presidents of
the State Teachers Colleges and th e recommendations of the American
Council of Education a s set forth in A Guide to the E v alu ation of Educational E xperience in the A rmed S ervices. It will be necessary for
t he student to furni sh cer t ified copies of his record. P er son s desiring
s uch evaluations should consult the Dean of Instruction before the
registration period. All evaluations are tentative until the student
has been in residen ce one semester.
Correspondence courses completed through the United States
Armed Forces Institute will be a ccepted toward a degree, provided
they satisfy the requirements of the curriculum.

'

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

I

33

ADMISSION AND GRADUATION
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
All students, whether freshman or advanced, who apply for
admission to the College must meet to a satisfactory degree the requirements, established by the Board of Presidents of the State
Teachers Colleges of Pennsylvan_ia, in the following categories:
1. General scholarship
2. Command of English and other evidence of intellectual
fitness
3. Character and personality
4. Health
5. Personal interview
1.

2.

3.

4.

APPLICATION OF THE ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
GENERAL SCHOLARSHIP
The applicant must have b~en graduated from a four-year
high school of accredited standing or an institution judged
by the Secondary .Education Evaluation Division of the
Department of Public Instruction, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania, to be the equivalent.
All applicants take the Freshmen Placement Tests at the
time of the interview. Appiicants ranking in the upper
half of their secondary school class :fre admitted on certificate; if in the lower half, on probation, provided that
a. he is recommended by his secondary school superintendent or supervising principal as being able to do creditable college work.
b. he shows a satisfactory rating on scholastic aptitude
tests administered at the Colfege.
The applicant who meets these provi sions will be admitted on probation for one semesteii., an d retained only
if he acquires, during the probation period, a minimum
of nine semester hoµr s of credit.
COMMAND OF ENGLISH and other evidence of intellectual
fitness.
The Board of Presidents prescribes each year uniform
standard tests for use in all State Teachers Colleges.
Students who demonstrate a lack of competency to carry
college work in English fundamentals or other subjects may
be required to take remedial courses without credit.
CHARACTER AND PERSONALITY
The candidate must be recommended by t he superintendent
or supervising principal of his secondary school for trustworthiness, initiative, industry, cleanliness' and social
adaptability.
HEALTH
The applicant must possess a clean bill of health, together

,

,, ,

,

,,

34

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN

with evidence of emotional stability, of absence of physical
defects which would interfere with hi s su ccessful performance of the duties of teaching, and of absence of a predisposition toward ill health. He must present a certifi cate
of examination furni shed by t he College and signed by a
physician legally qualified to practice medicine in t he Commonwealth of P ennsylvania . This form will be checked by
the examining physician at the College. The stud ent may
be required to m1dergo re-examinati on .
The applicant may be rejected for
(1) Incurable defects or diseases of the heart, lungs,
kidneys, digestive system, nervou s syst em, skin, organs of the special senses, an d th e thyroi d gland ,
and for epilepsy or nervous in stabi lity.
(2) Defective vision of marked degree
(3) Permanently impaired bearing
( 4) Marked speech defects
(5) Unsightly deformities
( 6) Marked obesity
Students with remedial defect s may be accepted on condition that immediate t reat men t be undertaken for the removal of these defects.
5. THE PERSONAL INTERVIEW serves two purposes:
a. It gives the examining committee an opportunity to
appraise the applicant's p rofessional promise.
b. It supplies material concerning the applicant's personality, speech habits, social presence, and enthusiasms,
which can later be used to his advantage.
The interview will be conducted at t he College or elsewhere, at
times designated by the President.
ADMISSION OF FRESHMEN
Freshmen in the Elementary and Secondary Curriculums are
admitted at the opening of each session. Freshmen desiring admission in the Industrial Arts Curriculum are expected to enter in
September.
The followin g dates have been establi shed for the fre shmen
interview and placement tests:
ADMISSION FOR SEPTEMBER 1953
Saturday, March 21, 1953
Saturday, May 9, 1953
Friday, June 5, 1953
Saturday, July 18, 1953
Saturday , August 15, 1953
Friday, September 4, 1953
ADMISSION FOR JANUARY 1954
Saturday, November 7, 1953
Saturday, January 16, 1954

ADMISSION FOR SEPTEMBER 1954
Saturday, March 6, 1954
Saturday, April 10, 1954
Saturday, May 15, 1954
Saturday, June 12, 1954
Saturday, July 17, 1954
Saturday , August 14, 1954
Friday, September 3, 1954

ADVANCED STANDING

35

Notification of the exact time will be sent candidates when their
application form s are on fil e.
Applicants for admission as freshmen should read and observe
carefully the following procedure:
1.

Request from the General Office of the College the three
forms necessary in making application for admission:
a. The application and personal record blank
b. The report of the medical examination
c. The report of secondary school achievement

2.

Return, completed, the first two. The secondary school
record is to be sent directly to the College by the superintendent or principal.

3.

When notified, come to the College for the personal interview and entrance or placement examinations, which are
given at interva ls during the year. At this tlme students
who wish to live in the dormitories should make arrangements with the Dean of Men or the Dean of Women for
rooms.

No application for admission will be considered for final approval until all requirements have been met.
ADMISSION OF OUT-OF-STATE AND FOREIGN STUDENTS

Out-of-state and foreign students may be admitted to the College when their admission and instruction does not interfere with
the admission and instruction of student s resident in the Commonwealth. In the cases of foreign students, admission will depend upon
acceptable clearance from the education authorities of the countries
concerned and of the Department of State of the United States.
ADMISSION OF STUDENTS WITH ADVANCED STANDING

Students who have attended other institutions of collegiate
rank and who wish to enter the College will be expected to meet the
following requirements:
1.

File with the Registrar the necessary application forms.

2.

Present official transcripts showing honorable dismissal and
a quality of work above the average. (A 1.0 quality point
average or better).

3.

Have an interview with t he Dean of Instruction. At the
time of this interview the applicants should have on file official transcripts of the work taken at all institutions
previously attended. Credit will be given for acceptable
courses pursued in accredited collegiate institutions in which

36

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN
the student has made a grade above the lowest pass ing
grade in the institution in which the work was done. Where
the grades are marked on a percentage basis, work graded
five per cent above the minimum passing grad e will be
accepted.
4. Persons who have been di smissed for scholasti c deficiencies
or for disciplinary r ea sons from anoth er college or university will not be admitted to the Colleg e until they a r e
eligible for re-admission t o the institution from w hi ch they
were dropped.
5. Students planning to transfer to California should make
application in time t o have all records cleared before th e
registration date. All transfer students must meet t he
minimum residence r equirements before an assig nment to
student teaching will be approved.
CREDITS AND GRADING SYSTEM
CREDITS

Courses are recorded in terms of " semest er hours of credit."
A semester hour or credit represents one hour a week of recitation or
kcture throughout a semester of eighteen weeks. In laboratory
courses, however, a ratio of two, t hr ee, or four hours of labor ator y
work for one credit prevails, according to the department. Varying
amounts of required outside work are a lso a ssig ned, so that, where
the total number of credit hours is stated t o be 16 or 17, th e number
of clock hours a week may tot al a s hi g h as 30, 32, or more. Des criptive titles and credit values of courses appear in th e s ection of t his
bulletin devoted to description of courses.
EXCESS CREDITS

Students who wis h t o carry m or e th a n t h e u sual schedule of
16 to 17 semest er hours must obtai n per mi ssion from t he Committee
on Advanced Standing or the Dean of Instru cti on at the tim e of
registration . Under no circumstan ces will excess credits, w h ether
taken in the College or in anoth er in sti t uti on , be h onored wh en th ese
are taken without the appr oval of th e Commi t t ee or th e Dean . I n
reviewing applications for permi ssion t o carry excess cr edi ts t he Committee or the Dean will g ive con siderat ion not onl y t o th e acad emi c
standing of the applicants, but also to their health r ecor ds and extracurricular activities.
The following conditions, based upon the student's r ecord of
the preceding semester in residence, have been established a s th e basis
for permission to carry excess credits:
Quality point
T otal credits
average
scheduled
2.00 to 2.49
18 credits
2.50 to 2.74
19 credits
2.75 to 3.00
20 credit s

SUMMER SESSIONS

37

EXTE N SIO N CREDITS

The College will a ccept for graduation a limited number of
extension cr edits from other accredited institutions only when those
credits have been earned in courses taught by persons who were then
g iving their full time to exten sion instruction in such institutions or
to a combination of extension and campus instruction. Usually not
m ore than the equivalent of one year's work of 32 semester hours in
ext ension courses will be accepted toward a degree.

If there is a demand for credit courses at places too far dist ant from Californa for students to attend Saturday campus classes,
arrangements may usually be made for one or more classes by extension. Requests should be m a de to the Dean of Instruction not later
than one month preceding the opening of the semester.
CORRESPONDENCE COURSES

Credits for correspondence courses are not accepted except for
member s of the armed forces submitting records through the United
States Ar med Forces In stitute, Madison, Wisconsin.
EVE N ING AND SATURDAY CLASSES

E venin g and Saturday classes are scheduled for the benefit of
t eacher s-in-service. Reg ular students may schedule these classes if
t hey so desire. Inquiries about the courses scheduled should be addressed to the Dean of Instruction.
SUMMER SESSIONS

.

The College operates on a three-six-three weeks' basis during
the summer. Courses are given for students who wish to accelerate
their programs, for t eacher s-in-service, and for students wishing to
r emove deficiencies. Inquiries about the courses offered should be
a ddr essed to the Dean of Instruction.
SUMMER SESSION CREDITS

College rules, in keeping with regulations of the State Depnrtment of Public Instruction, sanction only a credit a week during
a summer session; tha t is, six cr edits during a six weeks' and three
credits during a three weeks' session.
In exceptional instances students who are attempting to complete degi·ee requirements during a summer session may be given permission by t he Dean of Instruction to carry more than the maximum
number of credits, provided that previous scholastic records warr ant such consideration and that in no instance will the total number of cr edit s be out of proportion to good practice.
Students are advised not to take more than a credit a week
during summer terms at other colleges if they expect to use credits
thus earned t oward degrees from this college.

38

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN
EVALUATION OF CREDITS

An evaluation of credits is con sider ed valid only for the year
in which the distribution is made. The situation exists because of
frequent changes in regulations governing the value of credits and in
the requirements for certification and g raduation made by the State
Department of Public Instruction , the State Council of Education, and
the Board of Presidents of the State Teachers Colleges. Students are
urged to keep themselves informed about their distribution by occasional inquiry, other than at r egistration periods, at the General Office.
Students who are not graduates of fir st-class four-year secondary schools must have their credits evaluated by special procedure.
P ersons to whom this applies should consult the Dean of Instruction.
NORMAL SCHOOL CREDITS

All persons who were graduated from a St a te Normal School
prior to September 1920, and who have a four- year secondary school
'education will be granted for their academic work not more than 64
semester hours of credit toward a degree.
Students who were graduated from a S t a te Normal School before
four years of secondary school preparation wer e required and who
still have not satisfied this requirement should apply to the Secondary
Credentials Division of the Department of Public Instruction, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania, for informat ion about obtaining a secondary
school equivalent certificate, which, when issued, wi!l be accepted by
the College for admission to a degree curriculum.
ADVANCED STAN DING CREDIT

Credit for advanced standing is not allowed for work done by
correspondence, nor will credit be given for courses which are not
equivalent to those required or approved in the curriculums offered at
t his college or for courses completed at other colleges or universities
in which grades below C were earned. All credits of students who
apply for admission with advanced standing must be approved by
the Dean of Instruction. Credits from colleges not approved by
the Department of Public Instruction of Pennsylvania will not be
accepted toward either certification or graduation .
SCHOLASTIC STANDING

Students who are unable to do satisfactory a cademic work in
any semester are placed on probation. The schedules of such students
are usually reduced from 16 to 17 credits to 12 or 14 credits. When
students, in spite of reduced schedules and remedial services offered
by the College, are not able to improve the quality of their work to
such an extent that they have a reasonable chance of being graduated,
they may at any time, upon the recommendation of the Dean of
Instruction, be asked to withdraw from the College. Students thus
dropped may, after a reasonable period of absence, apply for readmis-

GRADING SYSTEM

39

sion; if in the opinion of the Dean, the chances of their doing successful work appear to be favorable, they may be readmitted on probation
for a fina l trial.
The Scholarship Committee of the facu lty has establish ed certain "Minimum Scholastic Standards." They are published in The
Vulcan, the student handbook.
CLASSIFICATION

Students are classified as freshmen when they have earned 32
or fewer credits ; a s sophomores when they have earned 33 to 64 credits
inclusive; as juniors when they have earned 65 to 96 credits inclusive;
and as seniors when they have earned 97 to 128 credits.
The credits used to determine the classification of students include those earned at this College and those accepted by the College,
earned from other institutions on the basis of official transcripts.
GRADING SYSTEM

A
B
C

indicates superior attainment.
indicates attainment above the average.
indicates average attainment.
D is the lowest passing grade.
E conditioned failure. (It must be removed during the next
semester by fulfilling the requirements of the faculty
member.)
F indicates failure.
P indicates passing. (used for required preparatory courses,
library, orientation, physical education, and student teaching courses.)
Inc indicates incomplete work.
W indicates withdrawal from a course.
For the purpose of interpreting percentage grades into letter
g rades, the following local standards have been approved by the
faculty.
A
95 % to 100%
88% to 94 %
B
76 % to 87%
C
70 % to 75 %
D
Below 70 %
Failing
The symbol Inc is not used unless the student has been in attendance throughout the semester or session but because of personal
illness, covering two or more consecutive weeks, the student is not
able to meet the requirements of the course at the end of the session.
It indicates that as the work is incomplete the final grade is being
v, ithheld until the student fulfills all the requirements of the course.
It is only used when conditions and circumstances warrant and when

40

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN

evidence is presented to justify its being given. An incomplete is
always accompanied by a supplementary symbol indicating the character of the work already done: IncB, IncC. The following conditions
govern an incomplete.
1.

2.

3.

It must be removed by arrangement between the student
and the instructor in the session, either semester or summer, immediately following.
After the lapse of one term, semester or summer, the grade
may be changed only upon approval of the Dean of
Instruction.
After the lapse of one year, the incomplete grade automatically becomes a g rade of F and cannot be removed
without the studen t's repeating the course.

The grade W, which is used to indicate withdrawal from a
course, is subject to the following conditions:
Up to the end of the sixth week of classes, the withdrawal
will be recorded as WX, indicating the student's withdrawal before the instructor was able to determine success
or failure.
2. · Fi·om the end of t he sixth week through the twelfth week
the withdrawal, if sancti oned by the Dean of Instruction,
will be accompanied by a grade (WB , WC), indicating the
quality of work which the student was doing at the time
of withdrawal.
3. After the twelfth week no withdrawal except in extenuating
circumstances will be permitted. If a student insists upon
withdrawing from a course, a grade of F will automatically
be recorded.
1.

GRADE REPORTS

Grade reports for students doing failing or low quality work
are handed to the Dean of Instruction at the end of each six-week
period. Such students as reported are notified of their low grades
an d where deemed necessary information is sent to the parents. The
final semester grades are mailed to the parents.
WITHDRAWALS

Students who durin g a semester find it necessary to leave the
College should, before di scontinuing attendance at classes, confer
with the President or the Dean of Instruction and with the Dean of
Men or the Dean of Women. If after such conferences it is found
that the student should not continue, official withdrawal forms must
be filled in at the General Office. Student:. who leave the College
without following this routine, especially the filling in of withdrawal
cards, jeopardize their status.

•·

GRADUATION

41

Withdrawal forms must be properly filled in also by students
who desire after registration to discontinue part of their schedules.
When students merely stop attending classes without officially withdrawing by fillin g in the proper cards, F graaes are r ecorded on the
permanent records.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
DEGREE
All curri culums in the College lead to the degr ee of Bachelor
of Science in Education.
CANDIDACY FOR DEGREE
At the time of registration for the semester in which he expects
to complete the r equirements for grad uation, the student must file
with the Registrar an application for admission to candidacy for
the degree.
All students who are can didates for a degree shall be required
to arrange a program of studies approved by the Dean of Instruction .
Any student desiring to pursue any part of t his program at a different
institution will be required to secure, in a dvance, t he approval of
such courses from the Dean of Instruction.
HONORS
DISTINGUISHED SERVICE AWARDS are given at the Commencement in May to the most outstanding man and the most outstanding
woman of each graduating class.
COMMENCEMENT HO NORS are awarded to a limited number (not
more than one-eighth) of the graduatin g class, who receive the di st .i nction of being graduated "with honor." Of the number elected, the
distinction of som e may, by a vote of the faculty, be raised to graduation " with high honor" or "wi th highest honor." This recognition
can be bestowed only upon evidence of unusual ability as shown by
scholastic records and in keeping with standards established and
approved by the faculty.
SEMESTER HONORS (Th e D ean's H onors L ist) are awarded
011 the basis of quality point averages at the end of each semester
as follows :
H ighest H onor
3.0
Hig h Honor
2.5 t o 2.99
Honor
2.0 to 2.4 9
QUALITY POIN'f SYSTEM
As there is a qu a lity standard for passing each co urse, so
there is a quantitative standar d for completing a curriculum. This
is made possible by t h e establi shment of a quality point system, which
demands that students cannot be graduated by getting merely passing grades in each course.

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN

42

The quality point system r equires that a student, before he
can be graduated, must complete all required and elective courses in
the curriculum which he is pursuing, have the minimum number of
credi ts required by his curriculum, and earn a quality point average
ol' at least 1.0 (C) for all courses in which grades other than P are
given .
Each cr edit of work completed is awarded quality points which
are comp uted according to the following scale: each credit of A grade
is mul tiplied by 3, B grade by 2, C grade by 1, D grade of 0, and F
g rade by minus l. Courses dropped without the consent of the Dean
of In struction s ha ll constitute an F. Courses in which P g rades
are given do not count in quality point computation.
Students transfe rring to the College from some other college
or university must have earned, in addition to th e required resident
credits, a quality point average of 1.0 for all courses taken at the
instit ution attended previously.
FAILING GRADES

No student will be graduated with any unrem oved incomplete
(Inc) or failin g (F) grade in any of the areas of specialization or
requir ed courses . Students who fa il s uch courses must repeat and
pass them satisfactorily.
J UNIOR STANDING

Formal admission to Ju nior Standing is a req ui site for continu ing the program in teacher edu cation. This marks the time when
t he professional work is intensi fi ed. Fourth semest er students will
make application for admission to Junior Standing, for which they
a re req uired to meet the following qualifications:
1.

rrl

l'/

The scholas ti c record must be "C" average or better for
the first two years' work.
2. A "C" average must be atta ined in English courses or a
satisfactory score made on the Sophomore English Test.
Students transferring English credit s must pass the Sophomore Eng li sh test.
3. Adequ a t e background as meas ured by t he S..O.:ribomore Tests
(December or March) i n English , General Culture, ;:;;_d
Contemporary Affairs must be shown. Students who rank
low in all thr ee tests will be required to take an additional
three hour course, and to r epeat the Sophomore Tests.
4. A personality t hat is s atisfactory for a teacher must be in
evidence. Reports of members of the faculty form the
basis for evaluating this factor.
5. E vidence of physical stamina and freedom from physical
defects that may interfere with the duti es of a teacher
must be presented.

,

STUDENT TEACHING
6.
7.
8.

43

The voice must be pleasing and free from objectionable
qualities.
A balanced record of extra-curricular activities must have
been developed.
The s tudent shall meet the s pecific requirements of his curriculum and the courses prescribed for the first two years.

All stud ents in attendance their fourth semester, and students
whose previous applications have not been approved, including transfer students, mu st ma ke application for Junior Standing.
The credentials of each student will be examined by a Committee on Professional Standing.
The Junior Standing regulati ons became effe ctive September
1951.
RESIDENCE REQUIREME NT

Student s in a ll curri culums must complete the work of the
SE;nior year, or the last 32 credits, in courses given by the College, if
they expect to r eceive degrees from this institution. These credits
may be gained on the campus in regular day, evening, or Saturday
classes; 25 perce nt of the number of credits r equired may be in extension courses given by the College.
CITIZENSHIP

In keeping with leg islative provi s ion s, a student, to be eligible
for a diploma or a teacher's certifi cate, is required to present evidence
of citizenship of the United States. If he is not a citizen of the
United States at the time of hi s admission, he is required to become
naturalized before he may be graduated.
STUDENT TEACHING

Student teaching is conducted under the supervision of the
Director of Student T each ing, w hose office is located in the Theodore
B. Noss Laboratory School. Students who a re candidates for degrees
are required t o earn 12 semester hours of credit in student teaching.
For regular stud e nts this assignment cover s the en tire semester of 18
weeks. The work is carried on in the campus Laborato ry School and
in selected public schools located in the service area of the College.
Students mu st make application for student teaching by filling
out a form obtainable through the office of the Director of Student
Teaching. A r eg istration day is held for such students before th e
close of the semester preceding the term during which the student
teaching is scheduled.
Before a st ud ent may be assigned to this vital part of the teacher-educ ation curriculum , he must (A) hold a certificate of Junior
Standing; (B) have a quality point average of at least 1.0 for all
courses in which grades other t han P are given; (C) demonstrate an

44

THE ' CALIFORNIA BULLETIN

acceptable standard of competency in his area of specialization; ( D)
be approved by the Dean of Instruction as having satisfactorily completed the required preparatory work.
Students will not be assigned to student teaching until they
have had at least one semester's work in the College. Graduates of
other colleges must meet the residence requirement before being assigned to student teaching.
STUDENT TEACHING FOR EXPERIENCED TEACHERS

Teachers with three or more year's experience in teaching who
become candidates for degrees and who hold certificates below the
level of the Provisional College Certificate may, at the discretion of
the College, complete the unfulfilled student teaching requirement for
degrees in any of the following ways:
1.

Earn in actual teaching the number of hours required.

2.

Perform under the direction of this institution an assignment associated with their professional work which carries not less than one or more than six semester hours of
credit in a single semester. The number of credits will be
determined by the quality and amount of work done in the
special assignment. In such cases the candidate must be
r egular ly r egistered in the in stitution and may not earn
more than a total of six hours of credit in a single sem ester
for all courses pursued.

3.

In individual cases, pursue, to the limit of three semester
hours, courses approved by the College. The rest of the
credit shall be earned in one of the ways designated above,
or by a combination of them.

No credit toward graduation is granted for teaching experience.
Teachers-in-service who have not fulfilled the student teaching
requirement of 12 credits and who are interested in completing it
must consult the Dean of Instruction.
SUMMARY OF GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

1.

2.

All entering students are required to complete, without
credit, ten lessons in the use of the library. These a ssignments may be included with the work in Communications I
or under the direction of a member of the Library Staff.
In addition, entering students are required to attend classes
in Orientation for at least one semester.
All students are required to take part, without credit, in
one physical education activity each semester in which no
physical education work or student teaching is required
and to be active in one other extracurricular activity for
one semester each year.

.

SUMMARY OF GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

45

3.

A minimum of 128 semester hours, including the satisfactory completion of all required courses, is necessary for
graduation, together with a general quality point average
of 1.0 for all courses in which grades other than P are
given . Quality points are not computed for work done at
other colleges or universities and only for courses taken at
the College after 1931.

4.

The student must be pronounced physically fit by a physician legally qualified to practice medicine in Pennsylvania.

5.

The teaching ability of the student must be satisfactory to
the Director of Student Teaching regardless of other credits.

6.

No student will be graduated with less than one year of
bona fide residence. The last 32 credits needed to complete
a curriculum must be taken while the student is in actual
attendance at the College; in no way may work at another
institution be substituted for this requirement.

7.

Students who have not paid all bills previously incurred
shall not be permitted to re-enroll, to be graduated, or to
have credits sent to other institutions or to t he Department
of Public Instruction until all such accounts have been paid.
The records of such students are "sealed" and no information will be given until cleared.

8.

All credentials for graduation, including certificate application and transcripts of credits from other institutions, must
be filed on or before the first day of the semester or summer
session in which a student expects to be graduated. If
this requirement has not been met, graduation and certification will be postponed to the following graduation date.

9.

Students must register with the Placement Service by filling
out in every detail the regi stration form supplied by the
Placement Service, which is located in the Noss Laboratory
School.

10.

Attendance at the baccalaureate and commencement exercises is necessary, unless unusual circumstances warrant
graduation in absentia. This permi ss ion is granted only
by the President of the College.
GRADUATION



Commencement exercises are held annually at the close of the
second semester, usually the last week in May. At these exercises,
degrees are conferred. All students who in the full calendar year
preceding have completed the requirements for degrees constitute the
graduating class. All members of the class are required to participate
in all the Commencement activities.

46

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN
CERTIFICATION OF TEACHERS
PROVISIONAL COLLEGE CERTIFICATIO N

Students wh o receive a degree after completing a four-year
curriculum at this College will be granted a Provisional College Certificate, which is issued by th e Department of Public Instruction.
The certi ficate, for which a pplication mu st be m a de, must be issu ed
before graduates may teach in the public schools of Pennsylvania.
This certificate, not to be confused with the dipl oma issued at
g raduation, is valid for three years of teaching. It indicates th e subject or subjects and the field in w hich t he holder is permitted to t each .
A College Certificate valid for secondary school teaching may
be extended to the elementar y fi eld by the presentation of 30 semester
h ours of work in professional education a pplicabl e t o the elementary
grades; at least six of t he 30 credits mu st be in elementary stud ent
teaching. This r egulation became effective October 1, 1936.
Twelve credits of professional work applicable to the secondary
sc hool, six of which must be in student teaching, are required to extend
a College Certifica t e valid in the elementary field to s econdary school
tEaching. In addition, 18 credit s must be presented for each s ubj ect
or field in which certification is desired.
The President of the College or the Dean of Instruction will be
glad to confer wit h person s who wish to have a Provi sional College
Certificate extended to include industrial arts, speech correction, or
the teaching of mentally retarded classes.
PERMANE N T COLLEGE CERTIFI CATE

A Provisional College Certifi cate may be made permanent after
t h ree years of successful teachi ng experience, rated at "middle" or
better, in the appropriate field in t he public sc hools of the Comm onwealth and the sati sfactory completion of at lea st s ix semester hours
of additional preparation of collegi at e grade, completed subsequent to
the conferring of the baccalaureate degTee; one-half of it must be
professional and th e remainder related to the subj ects or subj ect field s
in which the holder is certificat ed to t each.
Holders of Provisional College Certificates iss ued after Septem ber 1, 1935, will be req uired to present evidence of having completed
an approved course in visual an d s ensory techniques before the certificates may be converted into permanent for m. T he regulation is not
r et roa ctive. Persons who received Provi si on a l Coll ege Certifi cates
prior to September 1, 1935, will h ave them made p erma nent on the
basis of the requirements in effect w hen they wer e issued.
All certificates issued by t he Depart ment of Publi c Instruction
subsequ ent to September 1, 1944 to teach in the public schools of the
Commonwealth, shall , in addi t ion t o the present r egulation s, r equi re
a basic course in t he history of t he U ni ted States and of Pennsylvania.
A Permanent College Certificate entit les the holder to teach for
life the subject or sub ject fi elds indicated on its face.

CERTIFICATES

47

RELEASE OF CERTIFICATES

Certificates will be held by the Registrar until a Release Card,
officially signed by the superintendent or supervi sing principal of
the district employing the teacher, ha s been presented. Graduates
should obtain these cards from th e Registrar's office, have them properly filled in, and return them to the College a s soon a s t hey have
been elected to positions a s teachers. This is done by th e College to
aid students in their placement.
Teachers-in-service who complete degrees should be sure to
comply with this procedure immediately, so that they may begin teaching on their Provisional College Certificates, thereby receivin g experii.nce credit toward making such certificates permanent.
TRANSCRIPTS OF CREDITS

Official transcripts, obtainable through the Registrar upon the
written requ est of the student, will be sent only to the State Department of Public Instruction for u se in obtaining certification or t o
instibutions to which credits are to be transferred.
Only the work completed at the State Teachers College at
California will be included in the t ran scri pt. Work taken at anoth er
insti t uti on should be certified directly from that institution.
One copy of a transcript of credits earned at California will be
issued free of charge. A charge of one dollar is made for a second
and for each subsequent transcript. This fee of one dollar will be
waived for transcripts that are "to be used in co nn ection with induction, enlistment, or advancement in the armed forces."
Transcripts cannot be prepared during th e last week of the
semester or during the registration period. P ersons planning a dmission to graduate school or to transfer t o another collegiate institution
s hould fil e the request for transcript with the R egistrar at least a
month before th e end of t he semest er. Women who have married
since leaving college should give their maiden name as well as their
married names ~
PLACEMENT SERVICE

As part of its public service, the College maintains a placement office. Its purpose is to aid s tud ents and graduates in obtainin g
desirable positions as t eac hers and to assist school officials in locating well-qualified teach ers who fit the requirements of vaca n cies in
the schools of the service area of the College.
All students are required t o enroll with t he placement office
when they complete their student teaching. Although th e Service
does not guarantee positions, records fil ed by the reg istrants op en
cpportunities that might n ot otherwise be available.
Alumni are urged to use this service. Th ose who have been
registered sh ould, especiall y if they wish to advance themselves, keep
their credentials up-to-date.

48

THE CALIFORNIA BULLE TIN

THE CURRICUL UMS
There are three vital aspects to teacher-preparation curriculums-general education, specialized professional training, and practical experience in student t eaching. The curriculums in force in all
the State Teachers Colleges in P ennsylvania are designed to satisfy
this conception of teacher-training.
The Board of Teachers CoJlege Presidents, with the approval
of the Superintendent of Public Instruction, has, after a two-year
study, enriched the curriculums of the Colleges by rearrangement of
courses and t he addition of courses in general education and increasing the arts and science electives. Flexibility and freedom of selection characterize the present curriculums.
THE. FOUR-YEAR PROGRAMS
The curriculums offered at the College are in conformity with
the general state plan. Four different curriculums are available at
California-the elementary, the secondary, the industrial arts, and
atypical education, each with several possible specialization areas,
described on the following pages. Each curriculum requires four
years' study and leads to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education. Each requires the satisfactory completion of a minimum of
128 semester hours.
Students who entered California prior to January, 1951 will
have their records evaluated by t he Dean of Instruction to determine
on which curriculum t hey should be graduated. If they can change
to the new curriculum without loss of credit or the addition of time
this will be done. Otherwise the curriculum and areas of specialization
a s shown in the California Bulletin for 1950-51 will be effective. Students needing such evaluation s should contact the Dean at times other
than the two weeks prior to and the two weeks following a registration period.
Although the present curriculums are changed considerably
from those in effect previously, teachers-in-service who are working
toward their degrees need not be disturbed by the existing requirements. Their previous work will be adjusted to the present patterns
without loss of credit, unless they change from one curriculum to
another.

ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM

49

THE ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM
Effective September 1, 1951
Provisional College Certificates issued on the basis of the four
year elementary curriculum are valid for kindergarten and Grades
One to S ix inclusive and for Grades Seven and Eight if not in an
approved junior high school or a junior-senior high school.
PROGRAM OF COURSES FOR THE ELEMENTARY C URRICULUM
For a dmini str ative r eas ons the sequ e n ce of co ur ses is s u b j ect to
c han ge. Th e fir st number af ter eac h coursP r efer s to c lock h o urs, while
th e second indicat es the semester hours of c r e dit.
FIRST SEMESTER
SECOND SEMESTER
Communicat io n s I ..... . 5
5
Communications II .... . 5
5
or E ngli s h I (3 -3)
or E ngli s h II (3-3)
and Speech I (2-2)
and Speech II (2-2)
Prof ess ional Orientati o n . 3
3
**Introduc tion to Art .... 3
2
Basi c Biology . . . . . . . . . . 4
3
• *Introduction to Music ... 3
2
H ealth . . . . . . . . . .
2
2
Basic Physical Science . . 4
3
World Geography
3
3
*Physical Educa tion I .. . 2
1
Elec ti ve s . ......... . .... 0
0
Geography of the United
Stat e a nd P e nna. . . . . . 3
3
17
16
Electi ves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
0
THIRD SEMESTER
World C ultu re I
or Literature I (2-2)
and History of Civiliza tion I (3 - 3)
Mu s ic for the E lementary
Grades ... ............
*Phy s ical Edu ca tion II
Science for t h e E l ementa r y G rad es
Art for th e E l e mentary
Grades .. . . ... . . ......
E l ect iv es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

20

5

5

2

2
2

1

3

3

2
3

2
3

17

16

FIFTH SEMESTER
History of the United
States
and
Penn sy lvan ia I ... . ..... .. ... .
Language Art s in the E l e m e nta r y G r a d es
o r Teach in g of Reading
(3-3) , L a nguage (3-3),
Ch ildren 's
Literature
(3-3)
General Psyc hology .. . . .
Teaching of H eal t h . . ...
El ect ives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3

3

9

9

3
3
0

0

18

17

3

2

SEVENTH SEMESTER
American C itize nship
6
Option I Hon1 e a nd F a 1n-

ily

Living

An1erican

( 3- 3) a nd
Government

(3-3)

.
l

Option II Introduction to
Philosophy (3-3) and
American Government
(3-3)

E du ca tional
Psychol ogy
a nd Evalu a tiv e Tec hniques
3
Elect iv es . . . . . . . .
6

FOURTH SEMESTER
World C ulture II
5
or Liter at ure II (2 - 2)
and History of Civilization JI (3 - 3)
Audio-Vi s u a l Education .. 3
T eaching of Mus ic in t h e
Elementary G rad es
4
T eaching of Art in the
El e mentary G r ades . .. 4
*Phy s ical Edu cation III . . 2
El ec tiv es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

SIXTH SEMESTER
Hi story of the U nited
States
a nd
Penn sylvani a II ... ... . .......
C hild Development
Social Living in the Elementa ry GrMles
or T eachin g of Arith m e ti c (3-3) , E l e mentary
Science
(3-3),
Social
St udi es and Geog r aphy
(3 - 3 )
.
Elec tives . . . . . . . . . . . .

16
5

2
3
3
1
2

20

16

3
3

3
3

9

9

3
18

18

EIGHTH SEMESTER
Stud e nt Teac hing a nd D irect ion of Stud e nt A c tivities .. . . . ...... . . .. 30
Profess ional
Practicum
in c luding S c h ool Law . . 2
El ectives ........... . ... 0

12

32

14

2
0

3
6

15
15.
TOTAL MINIMUM CREDITS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION ... . . 128
*P hy s ical Educ ation I , II, a nd III may be individua l o r group activity.
**All or any part of these co ur ses .m ay be sch e dul e d a s a p~rt of th e unit
in World C ulture a nd the corresponding semester h ours a dde d to World
C ulture .

50

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN
THE SECONDARY CURRICULUM

Effective September 1, 1951
This curriculum leads to certification for teaching specific subjects in a senior high school or in a r egularly organized junior high
school. To insure the specialized preparation essential to effective
teaching, it places emphasis on the arts and sciences, but at the same
time gives adequate attention to professional courses. Students are
required to choose two areas of study in keeping with their particular
interest s. These are indicated on Pages 58 to 64.
PROGRAM OF COURSE S FO R THE S ECON D ARY CU R RICUL UM
F o r a dmini s trat ive r easo n s th e seq u e n ce o f co urses is s ubj ec t t o
c h a nge. T h e fir s t nu mbe r afte r ea c h co ur se r efer s t o c l ock h o u rs, w hile
t h e seco n d in di cates the se m este r h o urs o f cre dit.
FIR S T S EMESTER
Comm unicatio n s I
o r E n g li s h I ( 3- 3)
a nd Speec h I ( 2- 2 )
Bas ic B iology . . . . . . . . . .
Health .. .. .. . - . . ... . .. .
W orld Geog r a phy . . . . . . .
E lec t ives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5

5

4
2
3 •
2

3
2
3
2

16

T H IRD SEMESTER
Wo rld C u lt ure I
or L ite r ature I (2 - 2)
a n d History of C i v iliza ti o n I (3 - 3)
.. In t r oduc ti on to A rt
*Phys ical Ed u ca tio n II
Sc ie n ce in Mod e rn C iv ili zatio n ....... . ... . . ..
E l ec ti ves . . . . . ... . . .....

F I FT H SEMESTER
H istor y of th e U ni te d
States a n d Pe nna . I
A udi o-Vis u a l E du cati on ..
Gene r al Psych ology . . . .
E l ecti v e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

15

SEC OND SEME STER
Co mmunicat io n s 11
5
o r E n g li s h II (3 - 3)
a nd Speech II ( 2- 2)
Bas ic P h ys ical S c ie n ce . . 4
*P h ys ical Ed u cati o n I .. . 2
P r ofessio n a l Orien tat ion. 3
Fu ndamen tal s of Math e m a tics ... .... . .. . .. .. 3
El ec t i ves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
19

5

2
1

3
6

3
6

19

17

3
3
3
8

3
Z
3
8

17

16

16

3
1
3
3

2
17

5

3
2

SEVENTH SEME STER
A m e rican C i t ize n s h ip
6
O p t io n I Ho m e a n d F a mily
Li v i ng (3 - 3 ) a nd A m e rican Go ve rnme nt (3 - 3)
Op ti o n II Introduc tion t o
-P hiloso phy ( 3-3) and
A m e ri can
Gove rnment
(3 -3)
E lec ti ves . . . . .... . ...... 10

5

FOURT H SEMEST E R
Wo rld Cult ure II
5
o r L i ter at ure II (2 - 2)
a nd H isto r y of C iv iliza ti o n II (3 - 3)
•• In trod u ct ion t o M u s ic . . 3
*Physical Ed u cat io n III .. 2
E lect ives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

1
9

19

17

3

3

S IXT H SEMES T E R
H is to r y of t h e U ni ted
Sta t es a n d P e nna. II . .
P r ob lems of Second ary
Ed u cat io n ,
i n c lu di n g
G uida n ce .. .. .. .. . . . ..
Ed u ca ti onal
Psyc h ol og y
a nd E v a luat ive Techni q u es . .. ... ... .. ... .
El ect iv es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5

2

3
3
7

3

16

16

12

10

EIGHT H SEMES T E R
S t ude n t Teac hin g an d D ir ect io n of St u de nt Activi t ies ... .. . . . ... . .. 30
P r actic um
P r ofess io n a l
in c lu di n g S c h ool L a w . . 2
E le ct i ves .. ... . . . ... . . . 0

16

32

6

TOTAL M I N I M UM CREDITS R EQU I R E D FOR GRADUATION

7

2
0

14
1 28

*Phys ica l E duca tion I , II, a nd III m ay b e ind iv idua l or gro u p ac ti v i ty.
** A ll or a ny part of th ese co ur ses m ay be sched ul e d as p a r t of t h e un i t in
W o rld C ulture.
If com bin e d t he semester h ours d evoted t o Wo rld
C ulture w ill b e c o rrespondin g ly in c r eased .

'

SECONDARY CURRICULUM

51

Graduation requirements for this curriculum include specialization in not less than two teaching fields.
1.

The first field shall require not fewer than thirty (30) semester hours, except the general field of science where the requirement is thirty-eight (38) semester hours, and the field
of English where the requirement is thirty-five (35) semester hours. The fields included in this recommendation are:
History, Social Science, Biological Science, and Physical Science.
and not fewer than twenty-four (24) semester hours in:
Aeronautics, Foreign Languages, Geography, Chemistry,
Physics, Mathematics, and Speech.



•'

2.

The second field shall require not fewer semester hours than
the minimum required 'for certification.

3.

In all areas students offering a second field will satisfactorily complete no less than eighteen (18) semester hours
in that particular area of study. Courses in Methods may
not be counted in the required 18 hours .

52

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN
THE IN DU ST R IAL ART S CURRICULUM
Effective September 1, 1951

This speci al four-year curriculum provides shop courses in
wood, metal, printing, ceramics, machining, and electricity, together
with pr epar ation in basic a r t s and science subjects and the professional field. P er sons who complet e this curriculum are qualified to
t ea ch industrial a r t s in t he junior or senior high school and may be
certificated t o t ea ch one a rts or science subject in the public high
schools of P ennsylvania.
The College has been designated by the Dep artment of Public
In struction a s t he West er n Pennsylvania center for the education
of industrial arts teachers.
PROGR A M OF COURSES FOR THE I NDUSTRI AL ARTS CURRICUL UM
F or adm i n is trative r eason s th e s eq u e n ce of co ur ses is s u:b j ect t o
c han ge. Th e first number after each co u rse refe r s to c l ock h our s, w hil e
t h e second ind icates the sem ester h our s of c r ed i t .
FIRST SEMEST ER
Com m u n icat io n s I
or Engli s h I (3 -3)
a nd Speech I (2 - 2)
Heal t h ..... .... . . . .. .. .
Colle ge A l gebra
D r aw in g and Des ig n I . . .
Shop I . .. . .... . . .......

T H IRD SEMESTER
Wor ld Cul t u re I
o r L iter ature I ( 2- 2)
a n d History of Civ ili zation I (3 - 3)
P h y s ical E du catio n II . . .
Gener a l Psych ol ogy . . . . .
S h op II I . .. ... . ... . .. . .
Dra w i ng a n d Des ig n II I. .

FIFTH SEMESTER
Bas ic B iology . . . .......
W o r ld Geograp h y
Home a n d Fam il y Liv ing
or
In t r od u c t ion
to
P hilosop h y . . . . . . . . . . .
S h op V . ..... . . . . ..... .
Draw in g a nd Desig n V
P r ofess io n a l Ori e n tat ion.

5

5

2
3

8

2
3
2
4

22

16

4

5

5

2
3
8
4

1
3
4
2

22

15

4
3

3
3

3
8
4
3

3
4
2
3

25

18

SEVENTH SEMESTER
Amer ican Gov e rn men t . . 3
S h op VII . .. . ..... .. . . .. 8
S h op VIII . . . .. .. . .. . . . 8
D r awi n g a n d Des ig n VII 4
E l ectives . ..... .... . ... .

3
4
4
2

23

18

5

SECOND SEMESTER
Com muni cat ions II . .... 5
or E n g li sh II ( 3- 3)
a n d Speec h II (2 - 2 )
P h ysics I . . . .. . ... . . .. . 6
P h ysical Ed u cat ion I . . . 2
S h op II .......... .. . .. . 8
Draw in g a nd Des ig n II . . 4
25

5

4
1
4

2
16

FOURTH S E MESTER
Intr odu ction to Ar t . . .. 4
Worl d Culture II
5
or L i te r atu r e II (2 - 2 )
a n d H isto r y of Ci v il izat io n II (3 - 3)
P h ysical Edu cat ion I II . . 2
In tro du ction to M u sic
3
Ed u catio n a l
Psyc h ology
a n d Evaluative Techniq u es . .. . .. .. . . .. . . . 3
8
S h op IV . . . . . . . .

3
4

25

17

3

3

3
8

3
4
2

S I XTH SEMESTER
History of Un it e d Stat es
a n d Penna. I . . . . . . . . .
P r i n c ip l es and Pract ices
of I ndu str ial Arts . . . .
Shop V I ... . . . . .. . .. . .. .
Dra,v ing and Des ign V I ..
A ud io -Visu a l Ed u cat ion . .

4

2

5

1
2

3

2

21

14

EIGHTH SEMESTER
S t u de nt Teac hin g a n d D ir ect io n of St u de n t Ac tiv iti es .. ... . . . . . . ... 30
P r of ess ional
P r acti c u m
i ncl uding Sch ool Law .. 2

12

32

14

TOTAL MINIMU M CREDITS R E QUIRED F OR GRADUATION

2

1 28

INDUSTRIAL ARTS

53

INDUSTRIAL ARTS ELECTIVES
In the foregoing curriculum for the preparation of teachers of
industrial arts, students must take 14 semester hours in drawing and
design and 32 semester hours in shop courses, selected, with guidance
from the Dean of Instruction, from among the following:
DRAWING AND DESIGN COURSES
C lock
Hrs.
D&D 1
D&D 2
D & D 21
D & D 22
D & D 31
D & D 36
D & D 37
D & D 41
D & D 42
D & D 60

Introduc t ory Mechanical D r awing
Graphic Arts Des ign
S h eet m e tal Drafting
Mac hine Drawing and Design
Electrical D r afting
Ind u stri a l Arts Design
Advance d Design
Adva n ced Me ch anical D r aw ing
Architectural Drawing and D es ig n
Shop Sketching (Technical Sk e tching)

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Sem. Hrs.
Cr ed it
2
2

2
2

2
2
2
2
2

2

FUND AMENT AL AND ADV AN CED SHOP COURSES
Shop
Shop
Shop
Shop
Shop
Shop
Shop
Shop
Shop
Shop
Shop
Shop
Shop
Shop
Shop
Shop
S h op
Shop
Shop
Shop
S hop
Shop
Shop
Shop
Shop
Shop
Shop
Shop
Sh op
Shop

1
2
21
22
31
32
33
36
37
41
42
43
46
50
51
52
56
58
60
61
65
66
70
71
72
73
74
76
78
79

Fundamentals of Woodworking
Fundamentals of G r a phic Arts
Fundamental s of She e tmeta l
Fundam e ntals of Machine Shop
Fundamentals of El ectricity
Adva n ced Electric Shop
E lectr onics (Ra dio)
Advanced Woodworking
Patternmaking
Advan ced Machine Shop
Special Machine Shop
Foundry
Advanced Sheetmetal Shop
Fundamentals of Art Metal
Advanced Art Metal
Cold Metal (Wrought Iron)
Fundam e ntals of W e lding
M e tal Work
Advanced Graphic Arts
Advanced Typography and Book Design
Grap hic Presentation and Bookbinding
Photography
Comprehensive General Shop
Cr aft s
Cer amics
Cos tum e Jewelry
P lastics
Fundam e nta l s of Leatherwork
T e xtiles
E le mentary Indu strial Arts Activities

8
8
8
8
II
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

4

4
4
4
4
4

4
4
4

4
4
4

4
4

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

4
4
4

4

4
~

SECOND FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION
Stude nts pursuing the four year industrial arts c urric ulum may
e lect a second field of specialization.

54

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN
THE ATYPICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM

Students planning to enroll in Atypical Education will complete
the basic requirements of the elementary curriculum, specializing
either in the teaching of classes for the mentally retarded or the
teaching of the speech and hearing handicapped.
The fourteen (14) semester hours of electives in the elementary
curriculum may be taken in the Atypical Education courses. In
addition, they may, with the prior approval of the Dean of Instruction, receive credit for Child Development, three (3) semester hours,
and three (3) semester hours of the twelve (12) required in student
teaching, if done in speech and hearing classes or in classes for the
mentally retarded. Through t his arrangement students will be able
to earn twenty (20) of the credits required for certification. They
may be graduated with regular elementary certification and complete the Atypical Education certification in one additional summer
of study, either prior to or foHowing graduation.

THE TWO-YEAR DEGREE PROGRAMS
The State Teachers Colleges have recently been approved to
offer a two-year program to Dental Hygienists and School Nurses
who are able to meet the conditions set forth in the following paragraphs :
DEGREE CURRICULUM FOR DENTAL HYGIENISTS

The degree of Bachelor of Science in Education will be conferred upon dental hygienists meeting the following requirements :
1.

The possession of a valid license to practice dental hygiene
in the Commonwealth of P ennsylvania issued by the State
Denta l Council and Examining Board and the Department
of Public Instruction.
"The professional education requirement for dental
hygiene is the satisfactory completion of an approved
dental hygienist course of instruction of two years of
not less than thirty-two weeks and not less than thirty
hours each week or its equivalent in and graduation
from a dental hygiene school approved by the State
Dental Council and Examining Board."

2.

The satisfactory completion in ' addition thereto of 64
semester hours of professional and general education
courses distributed as foHows:
A.

Education
( 1) Professional Orientation
(2) General Psychology
( 3) Educational P sychology and
Evaluative Techniques
(4) Audio-Vi sual Education

Semester hours
3
3
3
2

11

Total

B.

General Education
(1) Communications 1 ...
or English 1 (3-3)
and Speech 1 (2-2)

5

TWO-YEAR DEGREE PROGRAMS

55

Communications 2
or English .2 (3-3)
and Speech 2 (2-2)
Fine Arts
a. Introduction to Art (2)
b. Introduction to Music (2)



(3)

Geography
a. Principles of Geography (3)
b. World Geography (3)

6

(4)

World Culture 1
or Literature 1 (2-2)
and History of Civilization 1 (3-3)
World Culture 2
or Literature 2 (2-2)
and History of Civilization 2 ( 3-3)

5

· (2)

( 5)

Social Studies
a. American Government
.. .. .... . .. . .... .
b. Economics
c. History of US and Penna. I
d. Sociology ·

5

3
3
3
2

Total
C.

41

12

Electives
Grand Total

64

In each category above, credit will be given for equivalent
courses pursu ed in the two year dental h yg iene curriculum. In such
cases students mu st increase their electives by the number of semester
hours so credited.

.

.

In the case of dental hygieni sts who had less than two years of
specialized training on the basis of which they were licensed to practice dental hygiene, proportional credit will be given. Such persons
must pursue additional general education courses in college to make
up the deficiency .
Electives may be chosen with the approval of the Dean of Instruction from any field or curriculum offered at the college in which
the student is enrolled.
The curriculum will be effective as of January 23, 1951.
DEGREE CURRICULUM FOR PUBLI C SCHOOL NURSES

The degree of Bachelor of Science in Education will be conferred upon registered nurses who meet the following requfrements:

,.

1.

The satisfactory completion of a three year curriculum in
an approved school of 11ursjng and registration by the State
Board of Examiners for . the Registration of Nurses of
Pennsylvania.

2.

The satisfactory completion of forty-five ( 45) semester
hours of additional pi·eparation distributed as follows :

I

56

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN

A. Courses related to public school nursing
Semester hours
Public School Nursing
Public School Organization
Public Health Nurs ing
Nutrition & Community Health
Family Cas~ -W:ork .....

2
2

6
2

3

15

Total
B.

Genera l a nd Professional Education
Hi story of US and Penna.
Communications
World Culture
Professiona-1 Orientation to Education
American Government
Educational Psychology
Audio-Visual Edu cation
Total

C.

Electives
Grand Total

3
5
5
3
3
3
2
24
6

45

In the case of nurses with less than three years preparation for
registration, such persons will pursue additional courses to meet the
r equirements for the degree.
·
This curriculum will be effective a s of January 23, 1951.

THE ELECTIVE AREAS
Students are expected to elect their areas of specialization (major and minors) during their first semest er by registering with the
Dean of Instruction. The final choice is made during the second
semest er of the Sophomore year. Changes in curriculum or areas of
specialization must be approved by the Dean of Instruction and the
Division Head. Changes are genera.Jly n ot approved after the beginning of t he junior year.
COMPETENCY IN AREAS OF SPECIALIZATION
As early a s poss ible in the students enrollment he must demonstrate competence in the fields chosen before permission is granted to
complete the requirements for certification. "D" grades received in
courses in the areas of specialization do not demonstrate an acceptable standard of competency.
(a)
(b)

CREDIT BY EXAMINATION
A student may be given the privilege of taking an examination in any subject matter area for the purpose of securing
exemption from taking a course.
A student shall be given credit for a course in which he
registers and in which he demonstrates competence by a
qualifying examination. Application should be made to the
Dean of Instruction.

ELEMENT ARY SCHOOL TEACHING
Students in the Elementary Curriculum may qualify for the
degree of Bachelor of Science in Education by satisfactorily completing the required subjects in the basic curriculum, a total of 114
semester hours, and 14 semester hours of electives.

HIGHWAY SAFETY
SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING
The content of the areas for specialization for students preparing to teach in high schools is outlined with considerable exactness on
the following pages and the courses must be taken a s indicated. The
elective areas for specialization available are:
Language Division:
English
General Speech

Social Studies Division:
History
Social Science
Social Studies

Science Division:
Aeronautics
Geography
Mathematics
General Field of Science

Biological Science
Physical Science
Chemistry
Physics

INDUSTRIAL ARTS TEACHING
Students in the Indust rial Arts Curriculum qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education by satisfactorily completing
the required subjects of the basic curriculum, which provides specialization in shop and drawing. To obtain broader certification, they
may elect a second field of specialization chosen from those listed
under the Secondary Curriculum. A second field in Mathematics or
Science is recommended.
ATYPICAL EDUCATION TEACHING
Students enrolling in the Atypical Education curriculum will
complete the basic requirements of the elementary curriculum, and
will specialize in one of the following aspects:
A.

Teaching of classes for the mentally retarded.

B.

Teaching of classes for the speech and hearing handicapped.

HIGHWAY SAFETY AND DRIVER EDUCATION
Effective September 1, 1951, a student who holds or will hold a
valid certificate to teach will be issued an additional temporary standard certificate to teach Highway Safety Education if the student
has completed twelve semester hours in a course in Driver Education
and Training. The temporary standard certificate so issued will become permanent after two years of successful experience in the field
and the completion of three semester hours in General Safety
Education.
The American Automobile Association has approved the Highway Safety Education Courses offered at this college.

58

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN

CONTENT OF AREAS OF SPECIALIZATION
ELECTIVES AND SPECIALIZATIONS
THE ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM

Provisional College Cert ificates issued on the basis of the four
year elementary curriculum are valid for kindergarten and Grades
One to Six inclusive and for Grades Seven and Eight if not in an
approved junior high school or a junior-senior high school. Student
teaching is done at the Primary and at the Intermediate grade level.
GENERAL ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
R EQU I RED:
C:oursP.s li s, t ed in t h e e lementa r y c urri c ulum o utlin e.
Hours
Cl ock S. H .
ELECT IVES :
6
3
A rts a nd C r a ft s
Child Adjustm e nt
3
3
3
3
Child Psy c h ology
Cr ea ti ve Ac ti vi ti es i n th e E le m e nta r y
Sc h ool
3
3
3
3
Cr eative A rt
Creati ve D esig n
3
3
3
D ia gnos ti c a nd R e m e dial Reading
3
3
H a rmo ny I
3
3
H a rmony II
3
2
His t ory a nd Appre cia ti on of Mu s ic
2
Pre S c h ool Education
3
3
P r obl e m s in Ele m e n ta r y S c h ool A rt
3
3
S c h ool a n d Com mun ity
3
3
3
3
S p eech D evel op m e n t a nd Im p r ovemen t
3
Speec h P r ob lems
3
Teac hi ng t he Excepti onal Chil d
3
3

Students may also elect courses in academic field s and special
curriculums offered at the college.
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION

A minimum of six semester hours are required from the courses
listed.
Early Childh ood E ducatio n
E du cati o na l Tes t s a nd Meas ureme n ts
A rt Cr af t s
Cli n ic Psy c h ology

Ho ur s
Cl ock S . H .
3
3
3
3
6
3
6
3

Certification will be for Elementary with specialization in Kinder g arten, and Grades 1, 2, and 3.
INTERMEDIATE EDUCATION

A minimum of six semester hours are required from the courses
listed.
T eachin g in th e Elem e nta ry S c h ool
M e n ta l Hyg ie n e
Diagn ost ic a nd R e m edia l In s tru c ti on
Art Craf ts
Cli n ic Psy c h ology

Ho ur s
Cl ock S. H .
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
3
6
3

Certification will be for E-l ementary wi t h specialization in
Grades 4, 5, and 6.
UPPER GRADE LEVEL

A minimum of six semester hours are requ ired from the courses
listed.
Psychol ogy o f A d ol escen ce
Teachin g in t h e Upper Gra d es
Ed u catio n a l Tests a nd Measu rem e nts
Men t a l H y gien e

Ho urs
Cl ock S. H.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Certification will be for Elementary with specialization in upper
grade teaching.

59

AREAS OF SPECIALIZATION
THE SECONDARY CURRICULUM

In the area of specialization the required and elective courses
apply to the first field.
In all areas students offering a second field will satisfactorily
complete no less than eighteen (18 ) semester hours in that particular
area of study.
AERONAUTICS

(First field 24 Semester Hours; Second field 18 Semester Hours)
Hours
REQU I RED:
.
Cl ock S. H .
A vi ation M ath e m ati cs .. .. 3
3
A irc r aft Co mmuni cations
a nd R~gul a tion s . . . . . . . . 3
3
Ge n er a l Servi ce a nd Struc ture of Aircraft . . . . . . . . 3
3
A e ria l Naviga tion .. . .. . .. 3
3
M e t eor ol ogy
. ... ... . ... .. 3
3
A e r od yna mi cs and Theory
of Fligh t .. . ... .... . .. .. 3
3
Certifi cati on:

Hours
ELECTIVE S:
Clock S .H.
A irc r a f t Engines ... .. .. 12
6
Id e n t ifi cati on of Airc r a ft 3
3
Clima t ol ogy
.. . . . ..... . 3
3
C om m e r c ia l A ir Transporta tio n . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
3
Fl ight E x peri e nce
Variable 3-6

T o t each aer ona u t ics in seco nda ry sch ool s.

These courses are not offered at California.
received by evaluation of records.

Credit may be

ENGLISH

(First field 35 Semester Hours ; Second field 18 Semester Hours)
H o urs
REQUIRED:
Clock S .H .
•comm u n icati o n s I (5-5)
o r E n g li sh I
4
3
Speech ·I (2-2)
•com muni catio n s II (5 - 5)
or E n g li s h II . . . . . . . 3
3
Speec h II ( 2- 2 )
• •World C ulture I ( 5-5)
o r Gen e r a l Li terature I 2
2
Hi s t ory of C iv ili'zati on I
(3 - 3)
•• w orld C ul t u re II (5-5)
or Gen er a l Lite r a ture
II . . . .. .. .. . ... •• . • 2
2
H is t o r y of C i v ilization
II ( 3- 3)
R e cen t T r e nd s in Teachi n g E n g lish . . . . . . . . . . 3
3
(Req ui red b ut n o t co u nted t oward s t h e second fi eld)
•co mmuni cati on s I an d II a r e
c omp os i te cou rses. E ach co urse
will carr y 3 se m est er h o ur s
credit to w a rd s certifi cati on in
E ngli s h .
•• worl d C ulture I a nd II a re composi te co urses. Each course will
carr y 2 sem est er h o urs c r e dit t o ward certi ficat ion in English.

Ce rt i fi cati o n:

Hour s
ELECTIVE S :
Cloc k S.H.
A t l eas t on e cours e must b e sel ec t e d in each of G r o ups 1, 2, 3,
a nd 4.
G r o up 1. Survey Courses :
Am er ican Lite r a ture . . 3
3
Eng li s h Literature .... 3
3
A me rican Poetry . . . . . 3
3
A m e rican Prose . . . . . . 3
3
C hildre n 's
Li te r a ture
a nd S tor y T e lling . . 3
3
Gro u p 2. Peri od Co ur ses :
P r e-S h a k espear ean Lite r a ture . . .. .. .. .... 3
3
Sha k espear e . . .. .. .... 3
3
E ig h teenth Century Lite r at ure .. . . . . . . .. .. 3
3
Th e Roma ntic Mov em ent .... .. .. .. . .. . 3
3
Victor ian Lite r a ture . . 3
3
G r o up 3. L i t e r a ry F orm courses:
Criti c is m . . . ... • .....• 3
3
Mo d e rn D r a ma . . . . . . . 3
3
T h e Novel to 1 870 .. .. 3
3
Co nte mpor a ry Novel . . 3
3
Essay ... ·. . .. . .. .. . .. 3
3
Con tempora r y Poetry . . 3
3
3
S h ort S to r y . . . . . . . . . . 3
Lite,ratur e of _B iogra phy 3
3
Group 4 . Composition courses:
Crea t ive Writi ng . . ... 3
3
J o ur nali s m . . . .. . . .. . . 3
3
E n g li s h Phil ol ogy and
G r a mma r .. ... .. . .. 3
3
3
A dva n ced Compo s ition . 3

To t each Englis h In th e seconda ry schools.

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN

60

GEOGRAPHY

( F irst field 24 Semester H ours; Second field 18 Semester H our s)
Hour s
RREQ U I R E D:
Cl oc k S.H.
W orld Geogra phy . . . . . . . . . 3
3
T eachin g Geog r a p h y in
S eco ndary S c h ool s . . . . . . 3
(R equire d b u t n o t co unte d
for the second fi eld. )

Cert ifi ca ti on :

3

Hours
R ESTR I CTED
Cl ock S .H.
ELECTIVE S
Ma jors will e l ect two a n d m i n ors
w il l el ec t at l east one c o u r se from
e a c h grou p.
G r oup 1. Earth Stud ies
Cli ma t olog y . .. . .. . . . . 3
3
Geolog y . ... ... ..... . . 3
3
3
Me t eo r olog y . . . . . . . . . . 3
P hys iogra phy
Cartogr a p h y . . . . . . . . . . 3
3
Gr oup 2. Econ o mi c Geography
E con omic Geograp h y .. 3
3
Co mm e r c ia l A ir
·3
3
Tra n s p orta ti o n
Co n se r vation o f Na tura l
3
Reso urces . . . ... . . . . 3
Geogr a p h ic
Infl u ences
3
in A m e r ican Hi s t ory 3
T r a d e a nd
Tra n s p o rta ti on
3
3
Gro u p 3. Reg iona l Studi es
Geogr a phy of th e U nite d
3
States a nd P e nna. .. 3
3
Geography o f P e n n a . . . 3
Geograph y of Asia ... . 3
3
A fri ca
Geogr aphy of
3
a nd A u s t r a lia .. . ... 3
Geog raphy of E u rop e .. 3
3
Geogr a phy of the F a r
3
E a st .. . ........ . . . . 3
Geogr ap hy
of
L a ti n
3
Am e ric a . .. .. .. . .. .. 3
G eogr a phy of the U nit ed
S t a t es a nd Can a d a .. 3
3
W or l d Proble m s in
Geography · · ··· ·· ·· 3
3
Fie ld C ourses (as
a pprove d) .... .. . . .. 3
3

'l'o teac, h Geography in t h e seconda ry schools.

M ATHEMATICS

( First field 24 Semest er H ours ; Second field 18 Semester Hours)
Ho u rs
REQ U IRED
Cloc k S.H.
(Arra nged S eq u entia lly)
3
College Alge bra . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Trigon o m e try . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
3
Ana l ytical Geome try .. . . . 3
3
Cal c ulus I (Differ e n tial ) . . 3
3
Ca lc ulu s II (Integral ) . . . . 3
3
Teach i n g of Mathematics i n
3
S econda ry S ch ools . . . . . . 3
(Req uired b u t n o t c ounte d toward the S e con d fi e ld. )
Ce r tifi cat io n:

Hour s
Clock S .H.
E L E CTIVES :
Advan ced Coll e g e Al gebra 3
3
Synthetic G e omet r y . . • . 3
3
Sphe rica l Trigonom e try
a nd Navigat ion ... ... . 3
3
Sta t is ti cs . . . .. . .. . . .... 3
3
Hi s t o r y of Ma th e m a ti cs. . 3
3
3
Coll e g e Geom e try . .. . . . . 3
F ield Wor k in Ma th e 3
m a ti cs . . . ... .. .. . . ... 3
Cal c u lu s III ........ . ... 3
3
Ma th e m a tic s of Finance-. . 3
3

To teach Ma t h e matics in th e seco n da ry s chool s.



AREAS OF SPECIALIZATION
GENERAL FIELD

OF

61

SCIENCE

(First field 38 Semester Hours; No second field)
Ho u rs
REQUIRED:
Clock S.H.
Botany I ..... . .... . ...... 6
4
Botany II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
4
Zoology I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
4
Zoology II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
4
Chemistry I .............. 6
4
Ch em istry 11 ..... . ... ... 6
4
Earth Science . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
3
Physics I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
4
Physics II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
4
T eac hing of Science in the
Secondary School . . . . . . 3
3
Certification:

ELECTIVES :
(Additional e lect i ves may be
chosen from any . of the areas
of Science. )

To t eac h Science in a second ary sc h ool.

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE

(First field 30 Semester Hours; Second field 18 Semester Hours)
Hours
REQUIRED:
Clock S.H.
Botany I .. .. .. . ......... . 6
4
Botany II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
4
Zoology I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
½
Zoology II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
4
T each ing of Science in th e
Secondary S chool . . . . . . . 3
3
(Req uire d but not counted
toward the Second fi eld.)

Certification:

RESTRICTED
Hours
Clock S.H.
ELECTIVES
(At least one course to
be se lected from each
group b e low.)
Group 1. Fi e ld Co ur ses
Field Botany . .. ..... . 5
3
Ornithology . ..... . . . . 5
3
Entomol ogy ...... .. .. 5
3
Ecology . .. . . ......... 5
3
Field Zoology . . ...... 5
3
Group 2. Laboratory Courses
V e rte brate Ana t omy . . 5
3
Physiology .. .. .... . .. 5
3
Microbiology . ... ..... 5
3
Parasitol ogy .. .. . .... 5
3
Gen etics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3

To teac h General Sci e n ce a nd Biolo gy in secondary school s .

PHYSICAL SCIENCE

(First field 30 Semester Hours; Second field 18 Semester Hours)
Hours
REQUIRED:
Clock S.H.
Ch e mistry I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
4
Ch e mistry II ... . .. ....... 6
4
Physics I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
4
Phys ics II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
4
T eaching of Science in the
S econda r y School . . . . . . . 3
3
(Required but not counted toward th e Second field.)
Certification:
To teac h
seco ndary school.

ELECTIVES:
(To be selected from Chemistry,
Earth Science or Physics.)

General Sci e n ce a nd Physical Science in the

62

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN
CHEMISTRY

(First field 24 Semester Hours; Second field 18 Semester Hours)
H o urs
REQ U IRED :
Cl ock S .H.
In o r gani c Ch e mi s try I
6
4
Ino rga ni c C h e mi s try II . . . 6
4
Q u a l ita ti ve A n a ly s i s
7
3
Q u a nti tat ive A n a lys i s .. . . 7
3
P h y s ics I .. . .. .. . . . . . ... . 6
4
P h y s ic s II . .. . . ... . ... . . . 6
4
T e a c h ing o f S c ie n ce in
S eco n da ry Sch ool
3
3
(Re q ui red b u t n o t co u nted t oward S e c ond field . )

Hours
ELEC TIVES :
Cloc k S.H.
O rga nic Ch e mi s try I
6
4
4
Orga ni c Chemi stry II .. 6
Bi o l ogical Che mistry . . . 6
3
3
P hys ical Ch e mi s try . .. . 5
Coll oida l Che mi s try . . . . 6
3
Ind u s trial Chemi s try
5
3
C h e mi s try o f F ood s a nd
3
N utriti o n . .. .. . . .. . . . 6
2
W a t e r Ana l y s is . .... ... 4

Ce rtifi cation : T o t eac h Gen e r a l S c ie n ce a nd C h e mi s tr y in seco n da ry s c h ool s.
PHYSICS

( First field 24 Semester Hours ; Second field 18 Semester Hours )
College Algebra and Trig onometry are prerequisites for specializing in Physics as a first field.
H ou r s
REQU IRED :
C l ock S .H .
4
P h ysic s I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
P h ys ic s II . ... .. ......... 6
4
I n o r g a n ic C h e mi stry I .. .. 6
4
In o r g a ni c Ch e mi s try II . . . 6
4
T eaching of Scien c e in the
S econ da ry Sc h ool
3
3
( R e q u i r ed b u t n ot co un t e d to w a r d S ei:,o nd fi e l d.)
Ce r tifi ca ti o n: To tea c h Gene r a l Sc ie n ce

Hour s
E L EC TIV E S :
C l ock S .H .
Magn eti sm a nd Ele c tricity . . . .. . . . . . .... . .. . . 6
4
M ec hani c s . . .. .. . . ...... 6
4
Heat .. .. . ... . . . . ... . ... 6
4
E l ec tro nics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3
Op t ics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3
S o u nd .... .. . . . ..... . ... 5
3
P hy s ical M ea s ure m e n t s .. V a r ia ble
a nd P hysics in t h e seco n da ry sc h o ol.

HISTORY

( First field 30 Semester Hours ; Second field 18 Semester Hours )
H o urs
Hours
R EQUIR ED:
Cl ock S.H.
ELEC TIVE S :
Clock S.H.
•world C ulture I (5-5)
Hi s t ory of Euro p e t o 1 81 5 3
3
H i s to ry of Eur ope s in ce
o r H i sto r y of C iviliza ti on
181 5 ... . . .. . . . . .. . . . . 3
I . . ... .. . . . .. . . . . .. .. 3
3
3
3
a nd Li te ra tu r e I ( 2- 2)
History of Penn s y l v a n ia 3
• w o r ld C ulture I1 (5-5)
Histo ry of E n g l a n d . . . . 3
3
20th Cen t ur y W o rl d .... 3
3
o r His t ory of C iv il izat io n
II .. . . . ... .. ... . .... . 3
D ip l o m a ti c H is t o ry o f th e
3
a n d Li t e r a tu r e II (2 - 2 )
3
U n it e d S t ates . . . ... . . 3
Hi s to r y of the U ni t e d
Inte r n atio n a l R el a ti o ns
Sta t e s
a nd
Penns yl1 9 1 9 to Pr esent .. . 3
va n ia I ... .. ... . ... . . 3
Hi s t o ry of L at in A m e rica
. .... . .. . .. .. .. . .. 3
H i s to r y o f t h e U ni t e d
S ta t es
a nd
Penn s ylR en a issan ce t o R efo rm a 3
ti
o
n
.
................ 3
vani a II ... .. .... . ... 3
3
H istory of t h e M iddl e
• •Am e ri can C i t iz e n s hi p ... 6
6
Eas t and In d ia . . . . . . . 3
o r A m eri c a n Gove rnm e nt
( 3- 3 ) a nd
Hi s tory of t h e F a r E as t 3
Ho m e a nd F a mily Living
T h e U n it ed Nati o n s, Or(3 - 3 ) o r
g a ni z a t io n a nd Fun c Int r o duc ti o n t o Philo so ti o n .. . . . . .. ... . . .. . . . 3
p hy (3 - 3 )
C o nte mp ora ry A m e ri ca n
H is t o ry . .. . . .. .. . .. . . 3
Teac hing of S oc ial Studies
in S eco nda ry S c hoo l s .. 3
3
European
C onte mp o r a ry
(Req u i r e d b ut n o t c ounte d t oHi s tory .. . ... . . . . . . .. 3
ward Second field . )
•wo rld C ulture I a nd II a r e composi t e c ourse s. E ac h course will
c o unt 3 sem e ster hours towards
cer tifi ca tio n in Hi s t o ry.
••Am e ri can C i t ize n s hi p w ill n ot
count towa rd s ec o nd fi e ld .
C e rtifi cat io n : T o t each H is t o ry in the secon da ry sc h ool is.

AR,EAS OF SPECIALIZATION

63

SOCIAL STUDIES

( First field 30 Semester H ours; 15 in History, 15 in Social Science)
Hours
Clock S .H .

Hour s
ELECTIVES:
Clock S .H.
History of Europe to 1816 3
3
Hi story of Euro pe since
1 815 . .. . ... . . ... . . . . . 3
3
I
.................... 3
3
Hi s tory of Pennsy l van ia 3
and Literature I (2-2)
3
Hi s tory of En g land . . . . . 3
3
*World C ul t ure II (5-5)
20th Century World . • . , 3
3
or History of Civilization
Diplomatic History of the
II .. ... .. ..... . . .... .- 3
3
Un it ed Sta t es . . .. . .. : 3
and Literature II (2 - 2)
I nternational
R e l ations
History of the Uni t ed
1919 to Present . . . .. . 3
3
States
a nd
Penn syl.
History
of
Latin
Amer ica 3
3
vania I ... ...... .... • 3
3
Renaissance to ReformaHistory of t h e United
3
tion .... . .... .. .. .. . . 3
States and
P e nnsylHi story of the Middl e
vania II ............. 3
3
East a nd India . . . . . . . 3
3
American Citize n s hip ... 6
6
3
History of the Far E as t 3
or Ameri can GovernThe United Nation s, Orment (3-3) a nd Home
ganiza ti on a nd F unca nd Family Living
3
tion ....... . . . . . . .... . 3
( 3- 3) or Introduction
Contem pora ry Social
to Philosophy (3-3)
Probl ems . .. . ....... . 3
3
P rincipl es of Sociology . . 3
3
Principl es of Economics . . 3
Contemporary
Economic
3
Probl ems . . ..... . . ... 3
3
Teac hing Social Studies
in Secondary Schools 3
3
Munic ipal Governme nt . . 3
3
Compar a ti ve Government 3
*Worl d C ulture I and II are com3
Consume r Education . .. . 3
posite courses. Credit in each is
3
3 semester hours fo r certification
Industrial R e lat ion s . ... 3
3
Contemporary
A m e rican
in Social Studies.
History . .. .... ...... . 3
Contempo r ary
European
History . . . . ...... . ... 3
Certification: To t each Social Studi e s in the secon dary school s.
SOCIAL S CIEN CE

REQUIRED:
•world C ulture- I (5-5)
or History of Civil ization

( First field 30 Semester H ours; Second field 18 Semester Hours)

Hours
REQUIRED:
Cl ock S.H.
•world C ulture I (5 - 5)
or Hist ory of C iv ilization
I . . . ................. 3
and Lite r at ur e I (2-2)
*World C ulture II (5-5)
or Hi s tory of Civilization
II . .. .... . ........ . . . . '3
and Literatur e II (2 - 2)
•• American Citizen s hip or 6
American
Governm ent
(3 - 3) a nd
Home an d Family Li vin g ( 3- 3) or
Int r oduction to Philosophy (3-3)
Histor y of the United
States
a nd
Penn syl vania I ... ... ...... .. . 3
History of the United
States
and
Pennsylvan~ II .. ... ... . . ... 3
3
Principl es of Soc iol ogy .. 3
3
Pri n c ip l es of Economics 3
3
Teaching Social Stud ies
in Secondary School s . . 3
3
(Required but not counted toward Secon d fi el d . )
•world C ulture I and II are composite courses. C r e d i t i n each is
3 semester hours for certification
in Social Studies.
"'* A1n e rican Ci tize n s h ip does n ot
co un t toward second field.
Certification: To teach Social Science
sch ool s.

Hours
ELECTIVES:
Clock S .H.
Co n temporary Social
Probl ems .... . ....... 3
Con temporary Economic
Prob l ems . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
3
Co n s um e r Education . . . . 3
3
M uni c ipal Governinent .. 3
3
Comparative Gover nm e nt 3
3
Industrial Rel ations ... . 3
3
The United Natio n s, Organization and Fun c tion . . ... . .. . .... . ... .
3

a nd Social St u die s i n th e seco nd ary

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN

64

GENERAL SPEECH

( First field 24 Semester Hours; Second Field 18 Semester Hours)
H our s
REQUIRED:
Clock S.H.
•comm uni catio n s I (5-5)
E n g li s h I ( 3-3)
Speec h I ............ 2
2
•comm u n ication s II (5 - 5)
E n g li sh II (3 - 3)
Speech I ............. 2
2
Phonetics a nd Voice .. . . 3
3
Oral Interpretation ..... 3
3
P la y Produc tion
3
3
Speech P r ograms I n Secon dary School s
2
2
•co mmuni ca ti on s I a nd II are
Composite courses. Each cour se
w ill carry 2 Semester Ho ur s
credit toward specializa tion .
Certifi ca tion:

Hours .
ELECT I VES:
Cl ock S.H.
Stagecraft, Sceni c Design
and Lighting ......... 3
3
DE!bate, group di scu ss ion
a nd Parliamentary Procedure ............. .. 3
3
Radio I ... ........... . . 3
3
Radi o II ....... . .... . .. 3
3
Cr eati ve D r amat ics and
Story T ell ing .. .... . . . 3
3
Cos tume and Make-u p . . 3
3
C h oral Speaking
3
3
Comm uni ty
Dramatics
a nd Pageants ...... .. . 3
3
Speec h D e velopmen t and
Improvement ......... 3
3

T o teac h Speec h a nd Dramatic Art s in the seco nd a r y sch ool s.

THE ATYPICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM
MENTALLY RETARDED CLASSES

(Total credits required for specialization 36)
Hours
REQUIRED :
C lock S.H.
Psyc hology or Ed u cation of
Exception a l Ch ildren .... 3
3
Mental or Educational Hyg ie n e ........... . .... . . 3
3
A rts and Crafts fo r A typic a l Class . . . ... . .. .... . 6
3
St u d nt Teachi n g in Cla sses
fo r
Mentally
Retarded
C hi ldren .... . . . ... . ... . 3
1
Atyp ical Class Methods or
Administration ........ . 2
2

Tota l r eq uire d c r e dits 12

Ho u r
ELECTIVES:
Clock S.H.
Diagnost ic Testing and
Remedial Teachin g .... 3
3
Abnormal Psych o logy .... 3
3
Cl inical Psych ology . ... 6
3
Mental Tests ...... . .... 3
3
Sp eech P r obl ems . . .. .. . . 3
3
Corrective P hy sical Educat ion
4
2
E du cat io,; a:i a~d· vo"c"a:t"i~~~
a l G uida n ce .......... 3
3
Relate d Co urses in Sociol ogy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
3
Child Deve lopment I
3
3
Spec ia l Methods of T ea~h~
ing Read ing .. . ....... 3
3
Parent Education
3
3
Per son a li ty Adj u stment . . 3
3
Advan ced Art Craft s
6
3
Psych ology of Childh~~c:i. 3
3
Psychology
of Adol escence
. . . ...... . .... 3
3
Total e l ecti ve credits 24

Students who choose atypical specializati on may take 14 semester hours of electives in education courses. In addition, they may,
with the prior approval of the Dean of Instru ction, receive credit for
Child Development for three (3) semester hours and also three (3)'
semester hours of the 12 required in student teaching, provided the
three (3) hours are done in Teaching Atypical Classes.
Cer ti fi cat io n. To teach in the el ementary grades with specializa tion in the
t eaching of c lasses for mentally r etarde d ch il dre n .

AREAS OF SPECIALIZATION

65

SPEECH AND HEARING HANDICAPPED CLASSES

(Total credits requir~d for specialization 32)
Hours
REQUIRED :
Clock S.H.
Psy c hology or Education of
E xcep tiona l Chi ldren . . . . 3
3
Men ta! Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . 3
3
Speech Prob l e ms . . . . . . . . . 3
3
E l e menta ry Clini cal Practi ce ...... .. ........ . ... 6
3
Speech Educat ion and Ree du cation in Elementary
and Secondary School s . . 3
3
Speech Patholo gy . . . . . . . . . 3
3
3
H earing Problems
3
Auditory Training and
3
Speech Reading . ........ 3
Advanced Cl inical Practice .. 6
3

Total r equired cr e dits 27

Hours
ELECTIVES :
Clo ck S .H.
Diagnostic Testing and
Remedial T eaching. . . . 3
3
Measurement of Hear ing
Loss ...... . .. . . . .. . .. 2
2
Anatomy of Speech and
Hearing M e chanisms . . 2
2
P h onetics and Voice ... . 3
3
Methods of Psychologi cal
Co un selling . . . . . . . . . 3
3
Child a nd/or Adolesce nt
Psycholo gy
or
Child
Development . . . . . . . . . 3
3
P e rsonality Adju s tm ent .. 3
3
Voice and Diction
3
3
Clinical M et hods in
Speech and H earing ... 3
3
Parent Educati '.:>n .. . . ... 3
3
Tota l e l ective credits 5

Students who choose this area of specialization may take four teen (14) semester hours credit in electives in Special Education
courses. In addition they may, with the prior approval of the Dean
of Instruction receive credit for Child Development, three ( 3) semester hou rs, and three ( 3) semester hours of the twelve ( 12) required in
student teaching, if done in speech and / or hearing classes. Through
this arrangement stude'1ts will be able to earn a total of twenty (20)
credits of the thirty-two (32) credits required for certification. They
will be graduated with regular elementary certification and will be
able to complete the special class certification in one summer of study,
either prior to or following graduation.
Cert ifi ca tion: To teach in th e el ementa ry grades a nd to act as Sp eech
Correct ionist.

In institutions approved for the education of T eachers of the
Speech and H earing H andicapped, students pursuing the four year
secondary curriculum may obtain certification to teach the Speech
and Hearing Handicapped by electing Education for the Speech and
Hearing Handicapped as a major.

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN

66

COLLEGE EXPENSES
FEES, DEPOSITS, AND REPAYMENTS
(For the year 1953-54)
The uniform schedule of fees, deposits, and repayments estabfo:hed for the State Teachers Colleges is subject to change when
a uthorized by. t he Boards of Trust ees of the State T eachers Colleges
and approved by the Superintendent of Public Instruction.
SUMMARY OF ANNUAL FEES
ELEMENTARY, SECONDARY O R ATYPI CAL CURRICULUM

F irst
Semester

Second
Semester

For Dormitory Students
Contingent fee
Board, Room & Laundry

$ 45.00*
216.00

$ 45.00 *
216.00

T ot al
Y early
Cost
$ 90.00
432 .00

Due Comm. of Pa.
** Activity fee
Books, (estimated)

$261.00
15.00
30.00

$261.00
15.00
30.00

$522.00
30.00
60.00

$306.00

$306.00

$612.00

$ 45.00''

$ 45.00 '''

$ 90 .00

$ 45.00
15.00
30.00

$ 90.00
30.00
60.00

For Commutin g Students
Contingent fee

Due Comm. of Pa.
*''' Activity fee
Books, (estimated)

.... .. $ 45.00
15.00
30.00

$ 90.00
$ 90.00
INDUSTRIAL ARTS CURRICULUM
For Dormitory Students
Conting ent fe e
$ 45 .00*
$ 45.00 '''
18.00
Special Curriculum fee
18.00
216.00
216 .00
Board, Room & L aundry

$180.00

Due Comm. of Pa.
** Activity fee
Books, (estimated)

$ 90.00
36.00
432.00

$279.00
15.00
75.00

$279.00
15.00
45.00

$558.00
30.00
120 .00

$369.00

$339.00

$708.00

For Commuting Students
Contingent fe e
Special Curriculum fee

$ 45.00*
18.00

$ 45.00 *
18.00

$ 90.00
36.00

Due Comm. of Pa.
**Activity fee
Books, ( estimated)

$ 63.00
15.00
75.00

$ 63 .00
15.00
45.00

$126.00
30.00
120.00

$153.00

$123.00

$276.00

*The Co ntinge n t fe e may be pa id in installment pa yme nts- o n e-ha lf at
th e r eg is tra tion tim e a n d th e ba la n ce befor e th e e nd of th e ninth w eek .
Th e co ntinge nt f ei> co v e r s r egistration , the k eeping of the stude n ts
r eco rds and th e libra ry, s t u d e nt w elf a r e, h ea lth servi c es ( oth e r t ha n
e x t r a nurse a nd q ua r a ntin e ). a nd l a bor ato ry f ees.
Book s m a y be purc hased by t h e s t u d e nt thro ug h t h e Co ll ege Book Sto r e
on a eash 1bas i s.

•• Ch eck s for ac ti v ity ·f ee m u s t be m a de payabl e to Student Activity Fund.

FEES AND DEPOSITS

67

CONTINGENT FEES FOR PART TIME AND SUMMER SESSION STUDENTS

Elementary
a semester hour
Secondary
a semester hour
Industrial Arts
$6.00 and a semester hour
Minimum charge for Summer Session students is $22.50

$7.50
7.50
7.50

LATE REGISTRATION FEE

Each student who enrolls after the date officially set for registration will be charged an additional contingent fee of $1.00 per
day until he is in regular attendance, provided that the total amount
of the late registration fee shall not exceed $5.00. The same regulation
applies to approved intra-semester payments.
HOUSING FEES

Full-time Students ($216.00 a semester)
Yearly $432.00
Pre-session
36.00
Six-Week Summer Session
72.00
Post-session
36.00
This fee covers room and board in the College dormitory and
limited laundry. No reduction in the rates will be made for laundry
done at home or for the absence of a student who goes home for
several days at one time.
A student may, at the discretion of the President, occupy a
double room alone by paying an additional $36 per semester, or
$12.00 for a summer session.
VETERANS' PAYMENTS

Veterans may pay their housing fees according to the following schedule:
1953-1954
1954-1955
September 9, 1953
~eptember 8, 1954
(Registration)
( Registratior ~
October 8, 1954
October 9, 1953
November 6, 1953
November 5, 1954
December 10, 1954
December 4, 1953
January 25, 1954
January 24, 1955
·(Registration)
(Registration)
February 12, 1954
February 11, 1955
March 19, 1954
March 11, 1955
April 9, 1954
April 8, 1955
GUEST MEALS

The charges for individual meals for guests are as follows:
breakfast, 50 cents; lunch, 75 cents; dinner, $1.00.
ADVANCE RESERVATION DEPOSIT

A deposit of $10.00 must be paid when a room reservation is
requested. This is a guarantee of the intention of the student to enter
the College for the term or semester designated. It is deposited with
the Department of Revenue to the credit of the student's account. If

68

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN

however, the student notifies the College at least three weeks before
the opening of the semester that he is unable to enter, or if the student
is rejected by the College, repayment of this deposit will be made,
through the Department of Revenue, on application from the student
through the College authorities. Check or money order for this deposit
s hould be drawn to t he Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
ACTIVITY FEE
All Full-time students $15.00 a semester
All Summer Session students (for each three
weeks)

$30.00

$ 1.50

This fee, under the control of the Student Activities Association as approved by the Board of Trustees, covers membership in the
Association, admission to lectures, entertainments, and athletic contests, subscription to the college newspaper, and certain other activities as defined by the Student Congress. Part-time students, including those taking extension courses, may secure the benefits of the
activity program by paying the activity fee. Check should be made
payable to the Student Activities Association. This fee is due on or
before the date of registration.
TIME OF PAYMENT FOR THE ACADEM IC YEAR 1953 - 1954
September 8, 1953-Payment for first half of first semester.
November 6, 1953-Payment for second half of first semester.
January 25, 1954-Payment for first half of second semester.
March 26, 1954-Payment for second h alf of second semester.
Summer S ession fees payable at opening of each session.
TIME OF PAYMENT FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 1954 - 1955
September 7, 1954-Payment for first half of first semester.
November 5, 1954-Payment of second half of first semester.
January 24, 1955-Payment for first half of second semester.
March 25, 1955-Payment for second half of second semester.
Summer Session fees payable at opening of each session.
OTHER FEES
tFor the year 1953-1954)
FEES FOR OUT-OF-STATE STUDENTS
Students whose legal residence is outside of the State of Pennsylvania shall be charged at the rate of $7.50 per semester hour.
If an out-of-state student is enrolled in a special curriculum,
he shall pay the special curriculu m fee, in addition to t he fee of
$7.50 per sem ester hour.
DAMAGE FEE
Students shall be responsible for damages, breakage or loss,
and the return of College property.

FEES AND DEPOSITS

69

TRANSCRIPT FEE

The first official transcript of record is issued without cost.
A fee of $1.00 is charged for each subsequent transcript.
INFIRMARY FEE

A boarding student who is ill is entitled to three days of infirmary services without charge. After that time the charge is $1.00
a day.
Day students admitted to the infirmary are charged $2.00 a
day from the time of admission. This covers board and nursing
service.
In no case does the infirmary fee include special nursing care
or medical service.
DEGREE FEE

A fee of $5.00 must be paid by each candidate for a degree.
No student is considered to have met the requirements for graduation until this fee has been paid. This fee is payable upon notification from the Registrar, that the student is cleared for graduation.
DELINQUENT ACCOUNTS

All fees are payable in advance. No student may be enrolled
or graduated, or receive semester grade reports or a transcript of
his record until all previous charges have been paid.
COST OF BOOKS

The estimated cost of textbooks is $20 to $30 a semester for
students in the Elementary and Secondary Curriculums. Students in
the Industrial Arts Curriculum may expect to spend $75 for the first
semester and $45 each succeeding semester. Students may purchase
books, materials, and other supplies through the College Book Store.
REPAYMENTS

Repayment will not be made to a student who has been dismissed temporarily or indefinitely suspended, or who has voluntarily
withdrawn from the College; repayment of any part of the advance
registration deposit will not be made for any cause whatsoever, except
when a student has given notice of intention to withdraw at least
three weeks before the College opens or has been rejected by the
College.
Repayment will be made for personal illness, when this is certified by an attending physician or for other reasons approved by

70

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN

the Board of Trustees, to the amount of the housing and contingent
fees paid by the student for the part of the semester which he does
not spend in the College.
Letters requesting refunds should be addressed to the President.
PAYMENT OF BILLS

All bills, including the contingent fee, board and room, and
special fees, must be paid at the office of the Bursar. Book store
business is conducted on a cash basis. Bank drafts, checks, and
express and post office money orders are accepted. They should be
drawn to the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
The Student Activity Fee must be paid on or before registration day, at the office of the Bursar, according to a regulation passed
by the Student Congress and approved by the Board of Trustees.
MATRICULATION CARDS

Upon completing registration, students are given matriculation cards which entitle them to admission to the classes for which
they have registered. These cards must be carried at all times and
presented when requested.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

71

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
The required and elective courses available at California are
list ed under the several divisional headings. Each course, when offered during the regular session, is taught for 18 weeks. The number of clock hours of instruction each week for t he semester hours
of credit is indicated. The clock hours listed are minimum; individual colleges, because of special needs or exceptional facilities, occasionally exceed these established standards in the interests of better teacher-education.
Ordinarily courses bearing numbers from 1 to 19 are open
to fr eshmen; those between 20 and 29, to sophomores; those over 30,
to upperclassmen. Cours es with odd numbers are usually given during the first semester, and those with even numbers in the second
semester, unless for administrative reasons a change is necessary.
When courses cover two semesters, they u sually carry the
same titles and are numbered consecutively; thus, Chemistry I and II.
As the first parts of su ch courses are seldom given during a second
semester, students are advised to plan t h eir programs accordingly, so
that there will be no diffi culty about meeting the requirements of
areas for concentration or for graduation.
Not all the courses listed in this section are given in any one
semester or even in any one year. Courses may even be withdrawn
without notice. The hours and location of classes offered in any
semest er will be publi sh ed or posted in a schedule at registration.
FINE ARTS DIVISION
EDWIN E. HAL STEAD, Ch a irm an
BETSY M. HAZEN

ART
1.

Introduction to Art

two credits

A co urse d ealin g with a rt as a vi t a l p a rt of co nt e mpora ry li ving.
Art of o th er ages w ill be given some co n s id e rat ion as a !bas is fo r interpre ting th e present. Stude nts wi ll b e e n co uraged to ex pe rim e nt with mat eria l s in ord e r to unde r s t a nd the creative process. T hro u g h a vari e ty of
experi e nces a n a t tempt wil l be m a d e to h elp stud e nts deve lop a n awaren ess of and a se n s iti ven ess to a ll f orm s of a rt.
Three cla<;s h o u rs each week.

11.

Introd.u ction to Color and Design

two credits

A n intr od u c t ory cour se in t h e s tudy of col or a n d d es ign , as it appli es
to e ve ryday li v ing. It in clu d es int e rior d eco r a tion , co tume d es ign , t ex til es an d c rafts.
Two class a nd two laboratory h o urs each week.

021. Preparatory Art

no credit

A n o n-c r edit co ur se in th e prin c i ples a nd techniq u es of a rt practices,
d esign ed t o pr epar e s tud ents w ho h ave h a d limit ed o r n o a rt experi e n ce

72

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN

for e ntran ce in t o Art 21 a nd 22. R equir ed of a ll st ud e n ti, w h ose 'back gro und
in a r t i s insuffi c ie nt to e n ab l e th e m t o p urs u e th e profess io n a l co urses
with pro fit .
Two la bora tory hour s Pac h w ee k .

21.

Art for the Elementary Grades

two credits

Pract ice in fre e h a nd drawing a nd compos ition in various m ediums;
a study of th e pr in c ipl es of d es ig n a nd c ol or , with app licat ion to c r eat ive
probl ems.
T wo cla ss h o urs eac h week.

22.

Teaching Art in the Elementary Grades

three credits

Devel opme n t of prob le m s s uitable fo r t h e e le m e ntary g r ades; illu s tra ti o n , c r eat i ve d es ign, bookb in di n g , c la y m od el ing a nd soap carving,
p os t e r s , l e ttering, potato an d lin ole u m bl ock p r in t ing, a nd co n s tructi on in
p a p e r , ca rd boa r d, c loth , sc r ap a nd oth e r mat erials . Emphas is is pla c e d
u pon th e in t e gati o n of a rt ed u cat ion with oth e r sch ool s ubj ect s.
Four h o ur s eac h w eek.

23.

Problems in Elementary Art

three credits

A c o u r se d es ig n e d to gi ve fu rt her practi ce wo rkin g with vario u s
m ateri a l s a nd a rt m e di a; to gai n s kill a nd teach ing t ech niq u es fo r th e
orga ni zat ion a nd appl ica tion of a r t acti vities in th e inte g r a l e l em e nta r y
sch ool program. R eal s ituatio n s-w o rking with c hildre n- a r e prov ided so
t h e prospec tiv e t eac h e r may acq uir e a n apprec iat io n a nd evalu atio n of c hildre n 's wo rk. P r er e q uisi t e: Art 21.
Two class a nd t wo la bora t o ry h o ur s eac h week.

31.

Creative Art Activities

three credits

Th is co urse is open to st u d ent s o f a ll c urri c ula in t e r ested in d e v elopi n g expr ess ion in dra w in g, p a intin g, a nd mod e lin g . Sp ec ia l opport11ni ty
fo r s t u d e nts of the e le m enta ry c urric ulum to obtai n a dditional pre paration
w hi c h wi ll g i ve t h e m great e r ass u ra n ce in gui ding c hildre n in th e ir c r eative acti v iti es. Indiv idual n eeds give n prima ry co n sid e r at ion .
F o u r laboratory hours eac h week.

MUSIC
1.

Introduction to Music

two credits

This co urse provi des an o ri e nta ti on in 1nusi c expe rie nce wh ic h ai rn s
to eq ui p the prosp ective t ea c h er wit h a kn owl e dge a nd unde r standing of
musi c as it r e la t es to gen e ral e du ca tion a n d the ar t of d a ily livin g. Thro u g h
the u se of recordin g s, rad io, co nce rts, a nd o t h e r n1 e dia , eve ry po ss ibl e co nt ac t is mad e with music. Th e p oss ib ili ty of correla tion with other s ubj ects is e xplored. This co urse is r eq uire d of a ll sop h o m o r es in ge n e r a l
e du cat ion . No prere q ui si t e c o urses or spec ia l a b ili ti es a r e r eq u ire d . (On e
c las s ho ur may be integrat e d with W orld C ulture II . )
T hree class h o urs eac h w eek .

021. Preparatory Music

no credit

A n o n -cred it c o urse in mu s ic s kill s, d es ig n ed to pre par e s tud e nts who
h ave h a d limi ted o r no mu s ic e xp e ri e n ce fo r e ntrance i n to M u s ic 21. R equir e d of a ll s tude nts w h ose music backgro u nd appear s t o b e ins uffi c ient
f o r th em to pursu e t h e p r ofess ion a l co urses w ith profit.
Two class hours each week.

21.

Music for the Elementary Grades

two credits

De s igne d to pr e pa r e the t each e r in grades on e to three t o teach her
own mu s ic und er s u p e rvi s ion . It in c ludes th e st u dy of s uita bl e r ot e so ng s ,
acquainta n ce wi t h r ea din g m a t e ria l, a nd oral a nd writte n ear t1·ainin g .
Th e b est p r act ical m et h od s are discu ssed a nd u sed in prese nti ng the
mate ria l.
Two c lass h o ur s each we ek.

22.

Teaching Music in the Elementary Grades

three credits

An a dvanced c ourse st r ess ing more th a n ord ina rily di ff ic ult a nd interes tin g work especially th e s ingi ng of two a nd thr ee -pa rt mu s ic ; d e sign e d to prepare a nd ass is t th e t eac h e r in g r ades fo ur to s ix in teaching

EDUCATION

73

h er own musi c under s uperv ision. Teac hing techniques and procedure s
are d eveloped ,by the st ud ents through t eac hing the college c lass in typi cal
school room situ ations. Prereq ui s ite: Music 21.
Four class hours each w eek.

EDUCATION DIVISION
CLAIR B. WILSON, Chairman
RUTHANNE. BAGSHAW (MRS.), 0 . RAY BONTRAGER, HEN RIETTA
CARROLL, DOROTHY L. CRAWFORD (MRS.), JACK F. H OYES, ROSE
GRECO HUGHES (MRS.), MARY C. KING (MRS.), FRANK W. LENOX,
ADAK. MARSH (MRS.) , ANDREW SEPSI, IRVIN J. SHUTSY, HAROLD
W. TRAISTER. LUCY _A. VALERO

EDUCATION
1.

Professional Orientation

three credits

An orientat ion and g uida n ce course acqua inting pro s p ec tive t eachers
with th e oppo r tu niti es and r eq uirem e nts of the profess ion; th e r e la tions hip of th e sc h ool to s ocie ty; the organization a nd a dministration of the
Am e rican scho ol s yste m.
Extens i ve direc t e d observation of var ious
sc h ool s and learn ing s itua tions will b e r eq uire d. Acceptable as c r edit f o r
Introd u ct ion t o Teaching.
Thr ee c lass hours each w eek.

21.

Audio-Visual Education

two credits

Con s ide ration of the n eed for sen sory t echnique a nd mate ri a ls in the
l earning process with att e ntion give n to t h e psycholog ical pr in c iples invol ved. Acquaintance with and a c hievem e nt of s kills in specific techni q u es; m a t e rials, a nd equipm e nt within hi s t e aching fi eld. A c ti v iti es w ill
inc lude act u al production of material for c lassroom u se and par ticipation
in th e ir use.
-One class a nd two laboratory h o urs eac h week.

31.

Introduction to Philosophy

three credits

An introduction to philosophy with e mphasis up on curre nt and p e rtinent problem s . A hi sto rical s urvey of the contributions of outs tanding a nci e nt and modern philosophies. Especial attention is give n to e thical
impli cations.
Three c lass hours each w eek.

40.

Evolution of the American Public School

two credits

A s ur vey of the d evelopmen t of el e m e nta ry and secondary education
in A m erica from th e Co loni a l period to the present, inc luding th e influ e n ce
of indu s trial and soc ia l c hanges on ed u cational progr ess, with e mph as is
o n ed u cation in P e nn s ylvania.
Two class hours each w eek.

41.

Recent Trends in American Education

two credits

S ur vey of r ece nt practices, theories, a nd trends in Am er ica n educat ion. Intensive study of c urre nt a nd recent writings in co njun c tion with
fi e ld trips and exte n s ive observatio n s. Prere quisite : Professional Orientation.
Two class hours ea c h week.

43.

Educational and Vocational Guidance

three credits

Educati onal, social , and v oca tio nal g uidance emph as ize d , with some
atte nti on t o the m ea ning, scope, and m et h ods involve d in th e g uida n ce
movement.
Three class h o ur s ea c h w eek.

45.

Educational Tests and Measurements

two credits

A con s id erati o n of the s imple r s tati s tical m eas u res, w ith particula r
s tress on their appli cation to c l assroom work , and of th e princ iple s under -

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN

74

lyin g th e co n stru c tion of valid, r eliabl e ob j ect ive t ests, with pract ice in
the m a king of c lassr oom tests in th e vari o u s fi eld s of s ubj ect m atter.
'l'wo class h o urs each week.

47.

School Law

one credit

Consider a tion of thos e portions of the Pennsyfvania Sc hool Law s that
affect classroom t each e r s; a nalyses of the in fluences •behi nd scho ol l egi s lation; presentation o f State Department inte rpretatio ns and r egula t or y
m easures; and thorou g h disc u ssion of cert ifi cat ion.
On e class h o ur each w eek.

51.

School and Community

three credits

S tu dy of g roup a nd in ter g r o u p activ iti es a n d th e rol e of the individual
in the grou p; of comm u nity inter est s, n eed s, resources a nd problem s; o f
t each er respons i bili ty in co m mµn i ty activiti es; professional , social , civic,
r e l igiou s, a nd politi cal. St ud e n t parti cipa ti o n in comm un ity activities is
stressed.
T hree class h ou rs each w eek.

52.

Marriage and the Family

one credit

A high ly per so na li zed co ur se i n p r epar ation for m a rri age , based u pon
th e n eed s a n d d es ires of the stu dents e nroll ed . Court s hip and th e probl ems
in vol ved in c h oos ing a m a t e, marriage predi ct i ve t ests a nd th eir u se,
a n a tomi cal , physiological , and m edi cal aspects of marria g e, e moti o n a l atti tudes a n d adj u s tm en t s involved , family econ om ics, a nd the legal aspects
of m arr iage.
One class h o u r each week .

53.

Parent Education

three credits

A s tudy of par e nt education as a fu n c tion of t h e schoo l, including th e
poss i bilit ies in pa r ent- t each e r and s imilar association s, school a tt e ndance
as good-home ex t e n s io n , a nd th e p r obl e m parent.
Thr ee class h ours each week .

61.

Workshop in Education

varying credit

A semina r in whi c h th e exper ienced teach e r work s o n hi s own pedagogical problem s.

62.

Diagnostic and Remedial Instruction

three credits

An exam ina ti o n of the techniq u es of diagnosing r ead ing diffic ul t ies
a nd of d eterminin g appropriate r e m edia l treatment. Oppor t unity is given
fo r ob ser ving and partic i pating in proced ur es in th e r ea ding cli nic.
Pre r eq ui site: Th e T eac hin g of Reading.
Three class hour s each w eek .

71.

Student Publications :
Organization and Preparation

three credits

Th eory con cernin g th e place of n ewspape r s, yearbooks, magazines,
a nd h an dbook s in th e secondary school progr am; pract ice in t h e sel ect io n
an d preparation of mate rial for th ese p ubli catio n s. Valuab le for spo n sors,
prese nt or prospective.
Three class hours eac h wee k.

90.

Student T eaching for Teachers-in-Service

1-3 credits

For t eac h e r s with t h r ee or m or e years' expe ri e n ce who a r e candidates
for d eg r ees and who h ave not co mpl e t ed t h e r eq uired num ber of semester
h o urs in st ude nt teach m g. Af t er co n s ulta tion wi th the Dean of Instru ction a n d th e Director of St ud ent T each ing, t h e st ud e nt will be assigned
to a course s ui table t o hi s n ee d s witho ut d u pl icatin g co ur ses a lready accred ited. A st u dent who has c h a nged c urri c ulum s may not u se this co urse
to sati sfy th e stud e nt t eac hing r eq uire m e nt ; h e mu s t earn at least s ix
sem est e r h ours in acc r edited s tud e nt t eachi ng at th e appropriate l evel.

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION

75

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
31.

Language Arts in the Elementary Grades

nine credits

P r e para ti on of t each e r s for the d evel opment of the c h ild 's ab il iti es in
or a l a nd w ritt en co mmuni cati on . Prov ides knowledge of th e na ture of
r ea d i n g p r ocesses a nd m ateri a ls of in st ru ct io n. Essen tial t echni q u es a nd
m ate ri a ls of la n g uage, in cluding h a ndwriting a nd s pelling, t o tea ch the
c hild kn owl edge a nd s kill s in th e fund amental s of or a l a nd wr it te n com muni cat ion are co n s ide r ed. Childr e n 's L ite r a ture is exp lo r ed to acq ua int
th e p r ospectiv e t each e r w ith a ppropri a t e m a t e ria l s .

32.

Teaching of Reading

three credits

S cie ntific a sp ects of r ead i ng and pro bl e ms in th e t eaching of r eading
in all el e m e nta ry g r a d es. Prese nta ti on in th eory a nd p ractice, f ro m car ef ul examinati on of r esear c h a nd fr o m obs e rvati o n , oppol"t unity fo r th e st ud e nt to acq ua int him self with a vari e t y of m od ern r eading m ateria l s a nd
w ith app r oved techni q u es in the ir u se. P r o ble m s of di sab ility a nd th eir
treatm e n t .
T hree cl ass h o ur s each week .

33.

Teaching of Language

three credits

Surve y o f th e conte nt of the c urric ulum in E n g li s h in t h e ele m e n tar y
grades. M e th od s of teachi ng or a l and written com positio n , p rincipl es of
gra mma r , p oetry a nd lite r a ture. The t eaching of h a ndw r itin g is pa rt of
thi s co ur se.
Thr ee class h o ur s each week .

34.

Children's Literature

three credits

A s urvey of t h ose poe m s a nd s t ori es kn ow n as c hil dren's lite r a ture,
w it h th e selecti o n of appr opri a t e m ateria l fo r u se in th e el em e n tary
g r ades. T o assist t each e r s in e v a lua tin g t h e r eadin g whi c h th e c hild e njoys, c rit e ri a f o r ever y t ype of r eadin g a r e presente d.
Th ree cl ass hours each week.

36.

Social Living in the Elementary School

nine credits

T h e t echni q u es of t he t eaching of c hildr e n to achi eve b as ic con ce pts
a n d s kill s i n m a th e n1ati cs , sci e nce , geogra phy, econ omi cs, sociol ogy, a nd
hi s t ory a nd th e s u rve y of in s tructi on a l m ate ri a ls a nd th e c urric ulum in
th ese a r eas. Ways of d evelo ping m eanin gful experi e n ces . i n each a r ea
a nd ways of or ganizing co n te nt into soc ia l li v ing units w ill be stressed.

37.

Teaching of Elementary Science

three credits

M e th ods of p r esen t ing sc ie n ce in eac h g r a d e o f th e el e men tary sch ool
a nd with t h e i mpo r tan t scie ntifi c f act s a nd prin c i pl es tha t s h ould b e t a u g ht
in each grade. S tressed a r e fi eld wor k, coll ec ti on of m a t er ia l s, s p ec ia l
t echni q u es a nd d emon s trat ion s to a d a pt el e m e nta ry sc ie n ce to l ocal co n d iti o n s. El e m enta ry scie n ce syll a bi of sever a l s tates a nd c it ies a r e s tud ied.
E valua ti on s of el e m e nta r y sc ie n ce t ex t s a nd pa mphl e t s n ow availab l e for
eac h g r a d e.
Three class h o urs each w eek .

38.

T eaching of Arithmetic

three credits

Th e vari o u s processes a nd op er a ti on s n ee d ed in th e a ri t h me ti c of t h e
el e m e n tar y sch ool a r e ca r efully ana l yzed so that the stu d e n ts may see ju s t
w h at mu st be t a u g ht a nd wha t probl e m s a nd diff ic ult ies a r e likely t o tbe
e n co un tered as thi s work i s pre s ented. S uggest io n s fo r m ee ting th ese
pr oble m s a nd for preventin g or correc tin g co mm on ari t hm etical d efi cie nc ies.
Three class h o urs each w eek.

39.

Teaching of Social Studies and Geography

three credits

A s urvey of m e th od s a nd t echniqu es , st r ess ing th e p ro fit a bl e u se o f
communi ty r eso ur ces, th e d eve lopm e n t of h ealth y c ivic a t t itu des, a nd s u ch
specifi c problem s as th e g r a d e placem e n t of m a t e ri a l s•, t est ing , a nd p r o cedures f or c r eating s u s t a in ed interes t.
Thr ee class h o ur s each week.

76
51.

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN
Pre-School Education

three credits

Study of pre- s chool and kinde rga rte n c hildre n, of nur sery sch ool a nd
kind e rgarte n prog rams, m ateria l s , equipm e nt a nd procedures, r ecords and
r eport s. Lab o ra t o r y sch ool expe ri e n ce s uppl em e n t r eadin g a nd di scu ssion
of accepta!bl e s tandards a nd t eac hi ng practices. Pre r eq ui s ite: Child D e vel opment I.
Thr ee class h o ur s each wee k .

52 . . Early Childhood Education

three credits

A stud y of pre- sch ool, kind e r ga rte n, a nd prim ary g r a d e activities in
th e traditiona l a nd activity sc h ool progr a ms , w ith a so und evaluation of
th e pract ical aspects of th e latte r. Oppo rtunity is provid ed fo r t h e a dminist e rin g of r eadi n ess t es t s . R eq ui r ed f o r specializa tion in Early Childh oo d Educa tion.
Thr ee class h o ur s each week.

61.

Diagnostic and Remedial Reading

A cq ua inta n ce w ith r ecen t r esea r c h in th e fi eld of r eadi n g t o acquaint
s tud e nts w ith p r ob l ems a nd n eed s common to in com pe t e n t r eade r s a nd
with the m os t uccessful mater ia ls a nd t echni q u es fo r d ealing w ith s uc h
prob l e m s. Demo n s tration a n d pract ice in test ing, pl a nnin g , a nd di rect in g
r e m edi a l progra ms w ith g r o u ps a nd indi v idua l s. Pre r eq ui s ite: T eaching
of R eading.
Three cl ass h o ur s each week.

62.

Special Methods of T eaching R eading

three credits

This co u rse tak es u p th e probl e m s m et in r eadin g hi s tory, sc ie n ce,
geograp hy, E n g li s h , m a th e m a ti cs, an d a ll conte nt fi elds . Specifi c a id is
given in the d e velo pm ent of r ead in ess fo r r eadin g, vocabulary, d eve lop m e nt, rates of co mpreh e n sion , st u dy t echniqu es, a n d th e basic r eading
skill s .
Three class h o urs each w eek.

65.

Creative Activities in the Elementary School

three credits

Co n s id erat io n of t h e guida nce of c hildre n in c r eat i ve learning a nd
e xpr ess ion. Emphas is up on t h e c hild's n eeds to di scove r c reative inte res t s a nd upon t h e d evel opme nt of s kill s a nd refinem e nts of taste n eed ed
for ri c h ex pe ri e nce in a rt, mu s i c a nd li t e ra ture.
Three c lass h o urs ea c h week .

66.

New Methods in the Elementary School

three credits

For s u pervi so r s and t ea c h e r s in terested in c hil d growth through activiti es. Opportunities a r e provid ed for observa ti o n and pa rti c ipa ti o n .
w i t h e mph as is on c ritical eval uati on . The c our se is of s pec ial s ignifi can ce
to t eac h e r s who , h olding th e normal sch ool o r the s t a nd a rd ce rtificate, are
working t oward ce rtifi ca tion in el e m e nta ry educatio n.
Three class h ours eac h w eek.

67.

Implications of Bulletin 233-B

three credits

S tudy of t h e co nte nts of the Bull et in 233-B (th e ne w el e m e n tar y
co ur se) . Provi s io n s for teach ing th e sever a l areas: w ays a nd m ean s of
d evel oping t op ics involved, a nd e xpl oring reso urces; p r actice In u se of
v; ~u a l a id s , •b ibliographies a nd othe r fac ilities ; d e mon strat ion of parts of
th e co urse to r e veal it s a dvanta g es.
Three cl ass hours each week..

75.

Professional Practicum Including School Law

two credits

M et h od s a nd practi ces of t eaching. Genera l tec hniques of t eaching
in the el ementary c urri c ulum. Pennsylvanifl. sch ool l a ws r el evant t o th e
work of th e class room t ea c h e r. Probl ems e ncountered by the st ude nt s in
th ei r s tude nt t eaching.
Two class h o urs eac h w eek.

80.

Student T eaching & Direction of Student Activities twelve credits

Observati o n a nd parti c ipatio n in a ll t eac hing a nd ac ti vities rel ated
to t h e perform a n ce of a teacher's work in the elem e ntary grades. Prer eq ui s ite: A ge n eral quality point average of C or 1.0.
The st udent spends fu ll tim e in actu a l class room teac hing fo r a
semes t e r of 18 weeks.

INDUSTRIAL ARTS EDUCATION

77

SECONDARY EDUCATIQN
41.

Problems of Secondary Education:
Including Guidance

three credits

Con s id e rati on of the practical probl e m s of secondary teaching, and
orga niza ti o n. Survey of the b asic s tructure and n a ture of Am e ri can ::;eeon da ry educati on e mphasizing guidance princ i p les. P r e r e qui s ite : Prof e ss ion a l Orie nta tion .
Three cl ass hours each w eek.

66.

Modern Methods in Secondary Education

three credits

An a n a l ysis of th e func t ion s of seco nda r y e du cati on a nd of c lassroom
pro ble m s, fo ll owed up :by th e p r ese n tat io n of t ec hniques f or th e solu t ion
of s u c h prob l e m s a dvocat e d b y th e m or e r ecent li ter a tur e in th e fi eld .
Th ree c lass h o urs eac h w eek.



75.

Professional Practicum Includin~ School Law

two credits

M e t h ods an d prac tices of t eachin g . Gen eral t echni q u es of t eaching
a nd t ec hniqu es for the s tude nts ' s p ecia l fi eld s . Pe nn sy l vani a sch ool laws
r e l evant t o th e wo rk o f t h e c lassr oom t eac h e r. P r obl e m s e n co un t e r ed by
th e st ud e n ts in t h e i r s tude nt t eachin g .
T wo class h o urs eac h w eek.

80.

Student Teaching & Direction of Student Acti vities twelve credits

Obse r vati o n a nd p a rti c ip a tion in a ll t eachin g a nd act iv iti es r e la t e d t o
th e pe r fo rm a n ce of a t each e r 's w ork, in th e a r ea of th e s tu de nt's specia lizatio n. P r e r e q ui s ite : A gen e r a l qu a li t y p o int a v e r age of C o r 1.0.
T h e s tud e nt s p end s f ull ti me i n act u a l c lassroo m t eachin g fo r a
se m es t e r of 1 8 w eek s .

INDUSTRIAL ARTS EDUCATION
60.

Prin ciples & Practices of Industrial Arts Teaching three credits

A r eq uire m e nt for t h e pros p ec ti ve in d u s tri a l a r ts t each er in ord e r
t h a t t h e y m ay m aster a f ew of th e f und a m e nta l prin cip les, pr oced ur es a n d
tec hni q u es of i ndu stria l a r ts t eachin g .
T hree c lass h o urs each w eek.

61.

Curri culum Making in Industrial Arts

two credits

A n a lys is of Indu s tri a l Ar ts obj ec ti ves fo r c urri c ulum co n t e nt ; e mp h as is by g r a d e l e v e l s; c rite ri o n bas is of co nte nt se lec ti o n a nd ap pra isal ;
c urri c ulum c o ns t ru c tio n in sel ec t e d a reas .
Tw o c lass h o urs e a c h w eek.

75.

Professional Practicum Including School Law

two credits

Meth od s a nd practi ces of t ea c hin g . Ge n e r a l techni q u es of teachin g
in t h e indu s tri a l a rt s c urri c ulum . Pe nn syl va ni a sch oo l la w s r el evant t o
t h e wo rk of t h e c l assr oo m t each e r. Pr o bl e m s e n co un t e r e d b y th e stud e nt s
in th e ir s tud e nt t eaching.
Tw o c lass hours each w eek.

80.

Student Teaching & Direction of Student Activities twelve credits

Ob ser va ti on and p a rticipa tion in a ll t eaching a nd ac ti v iti es r elate d to
th e p e r fo rm a n ce of a tea ch e r ' s work, in the indu s tri a l a rts c urri c ulum.
Pre r equi s ite : A ge n e r a l qua lity point aver age of C. o r 1. 0.
Th e st ud e nt s p e nd s full tim e in ac tu a l c lassr oo m t eac hing for a
se m es t e r of 1 8 w eek s .

ORIENTATION



1.

Freshman Orientation

no credit

O p p ortunity fo r h elp in probl e m s of p e r so n a l a dju s tm e nt, a·s w e ll as
f or di sc u ssio n s of t h e hi s t or y, tra diti on s, a nd r eg ul a ti o n s o f th e Coll ege.
Req uir e d of a ll e nter in g fr es hm e n.
O n e h o ur each w eek.

78

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN
'

21.

PSYCHOLOGY

General Psychology

three credits

A c ompre h e n s iv e study o f the or1gm s, motives, a nd m odifica ti o n s of
hum a n be h av ior w ith em ph as is o n th e sc ie ntifi c a pprova l of a n a lyzing b e h av io r p a tte rn s; the imp o r tan c e of man 's b iol ogi cal inh e rita n ce, a n d th e
s ignifi can ce of socia l env ironm e nt in influe n c ing hum a n li v ing . A tt e nti o n
is g i ve n to th e s imple r t echni q u es i n p sych o log ical ex p e rim e nta ti on .
Three c lass hours eac h w e e k .

22.

Educational Psychology and Evaluative Techniques three credits

Th e n a ture of t h e lear nin g p r oces s w it h e m p h a s is o n t h e ap pli catio n
of t h e p rinc i pl es of psy c h ology t o t h e p r ob le m s of l ear n in g a nd t ea c h ing.
An im po r tan t as p ect of th e co ur se is th e s t udy of a c tua l c la ssr oo m p r o ble ms a nd p·r oc e dures by obse r vation of reg ula r wo rk a n d by sp ec ia l illu s t r ativ e d emon s tra tio n s in th e labo rato r y sc h oo l. Pr e r e q ui s ite: Gen e ra l
P s y c h ology,
Th r ee c la ss h o ur s eac h w e e k .

31.

Child Development I



three credits

A c q ui s i t io n of un d e r s t an di ng a n d app r ec ia t io n of th e p a tte rn s of
p h y s ica l, m e nta l, s oc ia l, a nd e m oti o na l g r owth in t h e p e ri o d of ea rl y
c hildh o od . Co n s id e ratio n of loca l , s tat e, a n d n a ti on a l age n c ies co n ce rn e d
wit h t he w e lf a r e a nd ed u cat ion of e a rl y ch il d h oo d . Obs e r vat ion of l ea r n i n g s itua t ion s in the fa mily, sc hool , a nd c o mmuni ty e n v iro n m e nts .
Thre e c lass h o urs eac h w e e k.

32.

Child Development II

three credits

D e v elo pm e n t of knowl e d ge a nd ap p r ec ia t io n of late r p h y s ical, m e n tal,
soc ia l , e m ot io n a l g r ow th of t h e c hild in c luding p r e -a dol escen ce. Cons ide r a t ion o f t h e c h ild 's p r ob le m s in t h e fa m il y e le m e nta r y sc h oo l, a n d hi s
b r oade ning co mmunity e n v iro nm e n t. P r e r e q ui s ite: C hild Dev e lop m e nt I.
Thre e c lass h o ur s each w eek .

33.

Child P sych ology

three credit s

Th e d ev e l o p m e nt of a f un c t iona l un d e r sta ndin g of t h e m at urati on
a n d l earn in g of c hil dre n f r o m birt h to a d olesce n ce a n d t h e ph ys ical growth
as r e late d t o psyc h olog ica l m a t u ra ti on. T h e la bor ator y schoo l is u sed for
t h e p u rpo s e o f impl em e nt in g t h e bas ic fac ts a n d p r i n c i p les r e lat ing to
c hild g r owt h b y f r eq u e n t d b se r vati o n. P r e r e q ui s ite: Ge n e ral Psyc h o logy.
T h r e e c la ss h o u rs e ach w e ek.

34.

Child Adjustm ent

three credits

App r e c ia t ion of t h e p rin c i p l es of me n ta l h yg ie n e to t h e probl e m s o f
e le m e n t a ry s c h ool ch ildre n i n t he ho m e, s c h ool , a nd co mmunit y; stud y ot
s p e c ia l age nc ies c o n ce rn ed w i t h c hil d w e lfa r e : c lini c s, so c ia l age n c ies, juv e nil e co urt s, e t c.
T h r ee c l ass h ou rs eac h w e e k .

36.

P sycholog y of Adoles cence

three credits

A n inte n s i ve s tudy of pro bl e m s in a dju s tm e nt a nd d eve lopm e nt du r in g th e p e ri o d of tra n s ition from c hil d h oo d to a dulth oo d . Specia l atte nti o n
is foc u sed u po n inn e r dri ves a nd up on t h e influ e n c e of socia l pr essures
a nd t h e p rin c i p,les a nd f ac t s of a dole s cent devel opm e nt whi c h are u s eful
to pare nts a nd teac h e r s. Case studi es ar e u ti li ze d. P r e r e q ui s i t e : Ge n e r a l
P s y c h ol ogy .
T hre e c l ass h o u rs eac h w eek.

41.

Mental H ygiene

three credits

P r obl e m s of p erso n a lity a nd m e c h a ni s m s o f a dju s tm e nt , inc ludin g a
st udy of t h e or ig in a nd r esoluti on of c onfli c t s , a nd t h e r o le of e m o~io n
in t h e patte rn of be h a vi or a r e studie d. Prerequis ite: G e n e ral Psyc hology.
T h ree c lass h o urs eac h w eek.

42.

Educational Hygiene

three credits

A s tudy of s ch o ol s ituatio n s as th e y a re r e la ted to e motional and
att itud e d e vel op m e nt. P r ob le m s of r ea din es s , a bility a nd in te r es t ,;; aR



ATYPICAL EDUCATION

79

related to school curric ulum . Comparison of the effects of creative and
purposive with di c tated and formal programs.
!Three class hours each w eek.

43.

Personality Adjustment

three credits

The u se of pe r son a lity and m e ntal h ealth r ating scales.
Aft e r an analysis of s ca le items and record forms, th e work should
be of labora tory type, in application and u ses. Prereq ui site: Mental
Hygi e n e .
-Three class hours each w eek.

51.

Abnormal P sychology

three credits

A sc ie ntific s tudy, through probl e m cases, of a bnorma l be h avior, including atte ntion to th e charac teris ti cs a nd class ifi cation of h a ndi capped
a nd. subnormal children .
Three class hou rs eac h w eek.



52.

Psychology of Exceptional Children

three credits

Th e problems of exception a l o r a typical childre n. Th e m a jor pur pose
i s to gain a f uncti o n a l unde r standing of the various types of ps y c holog ical
and p,hys ical d ev ia t es, both as to th e genes-is of th eir behavi or processes,
th e ir treatm e nt, a nd the g uiding princip les involved in th e ir train ing .
Prerequ i s ite : Gene r a l P s ychology.
Three class ho u rs eac h w eek.

61.

Mental Tests

three credits

A s tudy of intelligen ce, its nature and m eas ure m e nt, a nd th e hi s t ory
a nd a n a l ysis of intellige n ce t es ting; pract ice in gi v ing indi vid ua l an d gro u p
m e nta l t es ts; th e a ppli cation of tes t r es ults .
·Three class hours eac h w eek.

62.

Clinical Psychology

t hree credits

Use of t he case meth od of studying c hildre n ; obse r va ti on of and
e xpe ri e n ce with th e indi vi dua l t est ing of mentality, v is ion, h earing , motor
speed, coordin atio n , a nd oth e r capaciti es. Enrollm e nt is limited to small
groups.
Three class h o ur s eac h w eek.

63 .

Methods of P sychological Counseling

three credits

Direc tive a nd nondir ec ti ve proce dures. Uses of d ata f r o m psyc h om etr ic m easure ments . Oral and writte n r e port to st udent a nd to pare nt s.
Three class hour s each week.

66.

Practicum in Psychological Clinic

varying credits

Case s tudies; practice in the giving, scoring , a nd int e r pretatio n of
mental t ests, th e making of personal inve ntori es, and th e u se o f clinica l
in s trum e nt s . One sem es t e r of c r edi t is a ll owed for each 50 hours of work
satisfactorily co mpleted . Max imum credit: s ix se m est e r h o urs . Ope n
only t o stud e nts who have th e pro pe r prerequi sites a nd t o g ra duate st ud e nts spec ia l izing in p s ych ologi cal work. Admission by co nsent of the
Direc t or of the Clin ic and the D ean of In s truction.

ATYPICAL EDUCATION
21.

Art Crafts for Atypical Classes

three credits

Studies in th e sources, d esig n, a nd manipulatio n of vario u s m ate rial s
s uited to h a ndwork , including proj ects in wood, l eather, m e t a l, cardboa rd,
h a nd-loom weaving, r a ke and s pool knitting, and c hair caning. Pre r equis ite: Art I.
Six laboratory hours each w eek .



22.

Advanced Art Crafts

three credits

Pract ice in two-a nd four-harn ess loom w eaving and in se lec tion of
eq u ipment, pattern s, drafts, warp, t a]jby, and yarns. Prereq uisite: Atypica l Educa tion 21 or conse nt of the instruc t or.
Six l aborato r y ho ur s each week.

80
23.

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN
Elementary Industrial Arts

three credits

Training in th e adjustment, care, and manipulation of the lia nd tools
comm o nly u se d in f undam ental operation s; in the coll ecting of m a t e rial s
h elpful in identifi ca ti on and select ion of tool s , eq uipm e nt, a nd s uppli es
n eed ed in special classes; and in typical proj ects, s u c h as wooden frames
for th e t eac hing of mat weaving.
Six laborato ry hour s each w eek.

31.

Teaching the Exceptional Child

three credits

The study of a typi cal children who n eed h elp in order to adj u s t a nd
s u cceed to th e exte nt of th e ir capac i ty. Stud e nt s a r e g uid ed in r ecognizing,
und ersta nding, and d ealing with the addition a l ne ed s of the s upe ri or c hild
and the m en ta lly, phy s ically, o r e motionally h a ndi capped child. The sel ec tion , constr u ction a nd adaption of l earning a ids a nd material s.

32.

Diagnostic Testing and Remedial Teaching

three credits

Study of achi eve m en t t es t s u sef ul fo r diag n ostic purposes. T eaching
procedures ad ju s ted to parti c ul a r needs or weaknesses. To includ e a ll
school c urri c ulum, el e m e ntary a nd s econdary.
Three class h o urs each w eek.

41.

Atypical Class Methods



two credits

Co n s ide r a tion of m e thod of h a ndlin g Atypical-cl ass ch ildr en, cl ass room organization , art ic ula ti o n with th e r eg ul ar scho ol progra m , a nd
purposes of Atypical classes. A t l east one pe riod of classroom o'bse rvat ion
a d ay, fo ll owed by confe r e n ces, i s r eq uired.
Three class h o ur s each week.

42.

Atypical Class Administration

two credits

Probl e m s in th e sel ecti o n a nd placement of c hildre n in Atypical class
progra m s. Typ e a nd cost s of equi p m e nt n eed ed. Meeting par e nt a nd
co mmuni ty probl ems. Ed ucat io n of teachers, par e nts, sc h ool b oard a nd
co mmuni t y of val ues in Atypi cal programs.
Se lecti n g Atypica l class
t each e rs a nd pla nnin g for im p r o vement in servi ce.
Two c lass hours each wee k.

45.

Corrective Physical Education

a nd

Motivation a nd r epet iti on of act iviti es fo r l oco m ot ion, u se of h ands
·peec h f o r c hildr en eff ec t e d by s pas ti city, athitosis a nd ataxia.
Four h o ur s eac: h ·w eP.k.

85.

Student Teaching in Classes for
Mentally Retarded Children

two credits

one credit

Stud e nt teachin g in th e L abo r a t o ry Sc hool a typi cal cl ass und e r th e
s up e r v is ion of the direc ting t each e r. One-half day a w eek of actua l classroom t eaching is r equ ired fo r mini m um c r ed it.
Three class hour s each week.

HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
EUGENE J. HESTER, Chairman
LOUISE A. HILDRETH, THEODORE J. NEMETH , ANDREW SEPSI

HEALTH
1.

Health I

two credits

Consid e ration is g iv e n to phy s ical a nd m e n tal eq uipm ent of the
individua l w ith the h ope th a t p r act ical app li cation will ·be mad e in perso nal a nd c ommunity living.
Two class hour s each week.

35.

Teaching Health and Physical Education

two credits

A con sider ation of th e h ealth of th e el e m entary sch ool child, including hi s growth, d e v el opme nt and tra ining in whol esome health Ideals,



81

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

attitudes and habits . Methods of presenting the material given in the
State course of Study are stressed.
Two class hours and one practice_ hour each week.

36.

Teaching of First Aid in the Public Schools

two credits

The Standard, Adva nced a nd Instructors First Aid cour s es at 20, 12
a nd 15 clo ck hours , respective ly, a s approv e d by the Am e rica n Red Cross .
Persons who satisfactorily complete the work will be recommended for
the Red Cross First Aid Instructors Certificates.
Three class hours each week.

37.

Home Nursing

two credits

Hom e hygiene and the care of th e s ick, a s sta ndardize d by th e
American Red Cross.
Two clas s hours each week.

.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION
1.

Physical Education I

one credit

The purpose is to help stud ents atta in a high d e gre e of physical fit ness and to grow in m e nta l and emotiona l fitness through a program which
includ e s s easonal sports. The developm e nt of tho s e skills which may be
c arri e d on in c ollege a nd after college life.
Three cla s s hours each week.

21.

Physical Education II

one credit

To further d ev e lop skill s and physical aptitud es and to grow in ment a l and emo t ion a l fitnes s . Emphasis b e ing pla c e d on indi v idual sports.
Pre requi s ite : Phys ical Education I .'
Three c la s s hour s ea c h we ek .

22 .

Physical Education III

one credit

Sp ec ia liza ti on in s el ec t e d a c tiviti es a im e d to bring p e r s ona l performa n ce a bili t y to a dva n ced leve ls . Pre r eq ui s ite : Phy s ica l Educati on I and II.
Three c lass hours eac h week.

31, 32.

.

Physical Activity

no credit

En co urage 1n e nt i s giv en in class pa rti c ipa tion in tho se activities in
whi c h th e s tud e nt i s m os t inte r es t e d. R e quir ed of a ll junior s .
Three class n e ri od s each w eek .

41, 42 .

Physical Activity

no credit

S e ni or s w h o a r e n ot e n gaged in s tud e nt t eac hing a r e r e quire d to parti c ipa t e in a p h ys ical acti v ity. Participa ti on in th ose ac ti v iti es in whi c h
th e stud e nt is m o s t inte r es t e d .
Three c lass p e ri od s each w eek.

HIGHWAY SAFETY AND DRIVER EDUCATION
50.

Organization and Administration of General
Safety Education

three credits

Th e d evelopm e nt of habits a nd attitudes th a t will make f or saf e living by 1both teac h e r s a nd s tud e nts. A c qua in tan ce w ith 1. Rul es, r e gula tions a nd l a w s c on cerning th e operation of motor v e hi cl es ; 2. Rul es a nd
regulations of p e d es tria n travel; 3. Oth e r hazard s to whi c h w e a r e commonly s u b j ec ted s u c h as fire , el ec tri c ity, e t c., e sp ec ia lly in th e hom e and
school.
Three class hour s ea ch w eek.

51.

Driver Education and Traffic Safety
in Secondary Schools

three credits

Classroom in s tru c tion combined with roa d tra inin g and th e tea ching
of driving to b e ginn e r s using dual control cars. Emph a si s is place d upon
the e s s e ntial facts, princ iples, skills and attitudes n e cessary for good

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN

82

driving a nd th e teac hing o f sa m e to b e ginning drive r s . Ability to u se
a nd inte rpre t the r es ults o! p s y c ho-phy s ical t es ting is r e quired.
Three c lass and thre e pract ic um h o ur s each w eek .

52.

Organization and Administration in Safety Education
in Secondary Schools
three credits

C urri c ulum co nt e nt a nd exp e ri e n ces f o r all sc hoo l gra d es in safe ty
e ducati on , its o rga nization and gra dua ti o n for t eac hing purpo ses . W ays
and mea ns of a dmini s tering a s afe ty e du cat io n program.
Thr e e c lass hour s eac h w eek.

53.

Visual and Other Aids in Safety Education

three credits

Di sc u ss ion of p r ac ti cal valu es in vi s u a l a nd ot h e r sen so ry a id s; guiding prin c i pl es a nd t echnique i n th e t eac hin g of safe t y e du ca ti on.
Tw o c lass and two practi c uni h o urs eac h week .

54.

The P s ychology of Accident Prevention

three credits

R e la t es t h e ac hi e v e m e n t of beh av io r o u t c o m es r e lati n g to saf e li v ing
to th e psy c h ological fa ctor s a nd tech niq u es esse ntial in the l ea rnin g
process . A r e v ie w of t he lite ra t ure a n d exp e rim e ntat io n r e lat ive to pro n e n ess t o a c c ide n ts, e ffect of alc oh ol o n drive r s , r eac tio n tim es. e t c .
Thr ee c lass hours each wee k.

58.

Materials and Methods in Teaching Safety Education
in Elementary Schools
three credits

Th e d e v el opme nt of habits a nd a tti t ud es th a t will b e tte r e n a bl e the
elMn e nta ry sch ool teac h e r in th e teachin g of s afe ty at h ome and in the
sch o ol. Eva luati o n o! c urri c ul a r mate ri a l s, t eac h e r a s saf e ty c oun selo r,
b as ic f ac t s r e la ting to acc ide nts a nd h a za rds.
Three c lass h o ur s each w eek.

MILITARY SCIENCE
1, 2.

Elementary Reserve Officers Training
Corps
one and one-half credits

Study o f th e inte rna ti on a l mili tar y s itua ti on : t h eo r e ti ca l and prac t ical
in s tru c ti o n in milita ry f unda m e nta l s : o r ganiza ti o n, l ead e r s hip, drill a nd
exe r c ises of c omm a nd, indi v idu a l weapon s a nd m a rks manship; map and
aeria l p h otogra phy; study of Nati o n a l Def en se Act and Reserve Officers
Training Corps.
Thr ee cla ss h o urs ea c h week.

21, 22.

Basic Reserve Officers
Training Corps

one and one-half credits

Continua tion of R.O .T .C. Pre r eq ui s ite : R.O.T .C. I.
Three c las s hour s each week.

INDUSTRIAL ARTS DIVISION
SHRIVER L. COOVER, Dir ector
MERRILL W. CAMPBELL, RALPH F . CHARNEY, ANG US H. DOUPLE,
AARO N J. HOOVER, IRVI N J . SHU T SY, A L E X AND ER R. SMOY ER ,
ANTHONY T. STAVASKI,

DRAWING AND DESIGN
1.

Introductory Mechanical Drawing

two credits

A beg inning c ou rse in m ech a nica l dra wing with the major e mphas is
upon th e theory of proje ction, blueprint r eading, sk e tching, graphs a nd
c h a rt s , a nd b a sic forms of r e presenta tion such as multi-view projection,
auxiliary projection, sectioning , revoluti o n s, dim e n s io ning, is ometri c dra wings and oblique drawings.
Four laboratory hours each wee k.

INDUSTRIAL ARTS
2.

Graphic Arts Design

&3

two credits

Con s idera tion of the principles of design and color as appli ed to
printing.
F our la boratory hours each week.

3.

Engineering Drawing

two credits

A stud y of t echni cal sketching, u se and care of instr um ents, orthographic a nd auxilia ry projectio n _ drawing with dim~n s ion s and sec tion s ,
reprod u c ti o n processes, a nd vertical freeh and l e tte ring.
Six la boratory hour s each week.

4.

Descriptive Geometry

two credits

App!J cation of the th eory of proj ec tion draw in g to sol v ing e ngineering prob l ems by projection a nd r evo lu tion of po int s , lin es, pla n es , a nd
so lid s. Prereq ui si t es : D & D 3.
Six laborato ry h ours each week.



21.

Sheetmetal Drafting

two credits

A course in practical workshop pro ble m s whi c h a ri se in everyday
practice.
Four l abor ato ry hours each week.

22.

Machine Drawing and Design

two credits

Sp ec ia l e mphas is upon Am e rica n Sta ndard Drawi ng Room Practie& i,11
the d evel opment of m echanica l engineering draw ing s, conve ntional repr e sentation, s t a ndardiza tion of mac hin e par t s a nd fasteners, pre paration of.
t r acin gs, a nd the r ep roduction of indu s trial workin g draw in gs.
Four l aboratory hours each w eek.

31.

Electrical Drafting and Theory

two credits

Fundam e ntal theory of el ectri c ity with e mphasis on practical application. I n cludes bas ic p r actice in d ealin g wit h el ec tri cal m eas uring units
a nd th e ir c irc uit appli cati ons. Makin g a nd r eading el ec trica l drawings and
di agram s is a part of the work. P r e r eq ui s ites: D & D I , knowl edge of
Algebraic equations, and e nrollm e nt in Shop 31.
Two class hours and two laboratory hours eac h week .

36.

.

Industrial Arts Design

two credits

A s tudy of the hi s tory, d evel opment , and appreciation of g ood d es ign
in f urniture, pottery, a nd art metal; of the prin c ipl es of s truct ura l compo s iti on; and of examples of furnitur e , pot'1:e ry, w r ought iron fixture s,
and the products of r el ated crafts which ex e mplify these p rincipl es .
·Four labora tory hours each week.

37.

Advanced Design

two credits

Th e study of art s truc ture, with th e purpo se of d e ve lopi ng s kill i n
e xpress ion, disc rimination, and a broade r con ce ption of th e field of a rt in
indu st ri a l a rt s.
Four labor a tory hours each week.

41.

Advanced Mechanical Drawing

two credits

Specia l e mphasis is pla ced upon the bas ic princ ipl es involved in mac hin e d esign. T he possibilities and limita tions of the common m e tals,
me c hanical m ovements, the use of fasten e r s, a nd the a ppli cat ion of machine fl ts a r e stressed.
Four labor a tory hours aach week.

42.

Architectural Drawing and Design

two credits

Study .of the prin ciples of architectural design, including floor plaae
a nd elevations, a nd of building constructi o n a nd m a t eria ls ; the writing
o! specifications; the planning of s hop l a youts. Pre r eq ui s ite : Drawing
and Desig n I, or consent of the instruc tor.
Four laboratory hours each week.

60.

Shop Sketching (Technical Sketching)

two credits

A course In the ba:.ic princ iples of sch ool shop planning, including

84

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN

practi ce in bla cklb oa rd d emon s tration, t h e u se of t eaching aids and devi ces,
s t e n cil c utting, and va riou s m e thods of r epr oduc ing instruc tiona l
m ate ri a l s.
F o ur la b or a tory hours eac h w eek.

SHOP
1.

Funda mentals of Woodworking

four credits

A !beginn ing course in w o od work in g with th e m a j or e mphas is upon
h and tool op e r a ti on s , w ood tu r ning , j ig-s a w work and w ood fini s hing. A
vari e t y of pro j ec t s a r e con struc t ed w hi c h m a y be u sed in a l ater teaching
s itu a ti on in t h e p ublic sch o ol s . 'T h e pl a nnin g process is d e m on str ated
a nd u sed b y the stude nts in a d di ti on to a p u p il p e r s onn el s y s t e m bo th of
wh ich h ave a pl a ce in th e Indu s tria l A.rts work .
T wo demonstr a t ion s a nd s ix lab ora t ory h our s each week .

2.

Funda mentals of Graphi c Ar ts

four credits

A stu dy of t h e fund a m e n ta l p r i n c ipl es o f l e tte rpress prin t in g ; h a nd
compos it ion ; p r oof- r eadi ng; i mpo s iti on; p r es s m a k e-rea d y , op e r a tion a nd
car e; pa pe r estimation an d c u tt i ng; el e m e nta r y b inding.
T wo d e mo n str a tion s a nd s ix l aboratory h ou rs each week.

21.

Funda ment als of Sheetmetal

four credits

J

A n i n t r oduc t or y co urse giv ing in str u c tion in seaming, riveting, formin g , a nd s old e r i n g . P r oj ects s u ita bl e for junio r a n d s e ni or hi g h school
boys a r e des ign ed and construc t ed.
T w o d e m o n str a ti o n s a n d s ix labor a to r y h o ur s ea c h w eek.

22.

Fundamenta ls of Machine Shop

four credits

In stru c tion in th e op er ation of h a n d a n d m achine tool s , including t h e
e n g i n e l a the, a n d in f oun dr y a n d f or ge p r a ctic e, inclu d in g t h e h ea t treat m e n t o f s t eel.
Two de m o n str a ti on s a n d s ix labor a tory h o u rs ea c h week.

31.

Funda mentals of Electricity

four credits

S h op ex pe r ie n ces d es ign ed t o a cq u a in t t h e s tud e n t w ith t h e bas ic
t ool s , m a t er ia ls a n d p r ocesses f u ndamenta l to l ivi n g i n a n indu s tria l
soc iety . I n cludes work i n so u r ce of power , m easurin g in s tr um e n t s, bas ic
c ir c ui ts, h om e-w ir in g , a nd el ec t r ica l m a inte n a n ce.
T wo d e m on s tra tion s a n d s ix l aboratory h o u r s ea ch w ee k .

32.

Advanced Electric Shop

,.

four cr edits

A dva nced p r ac t ice w ith e lectr ical circ ui ts a n d ap pli a n ce s . Sp ecia l
a t t en t io n i s gi ve n to p r e pa r a tion of t eac h ing m a t e r ia l s f or el ec tric it y including pro j ec t d esign a n d v is ua l a id s.
Tw o d e m·o ns trati o n a nd s ix l ab o ratory ho ur s each w eek .

33.

Elect roni cs (Radio)

four credits

A cou r se in th e fu n d am e n tal s of ele ctroni c th e ory in its a pplicat ion
t o r a dio a n d t el e v i s io n , w ith p r a c tice in r a di o r ep a i r a n d m a in tena n ce a nd
in t h e co n s t ru c ti o n of radi o r ece i ver s .
Two d e mo n s t r ation a n d s ix l a boratory h o ur s each w eek .

36.

Adva nced Woodworking

four credits

A cou rse i n a d van ced mac hin e wo rk , cov er i n g the h i s t ory, m a inten a n ce , a n d ca re of w ood wor ki n g m a c hi n es, t h e pai n t in g a nd fini s h i n g of
wood s, a nd t h e p h ys ica l properti es a nd u ses of d om estic a nd for e ig n
woo d s . Pre r eq u isites: S hop I a nd D a n d D I.
Two d e m on str a tion a nd s ix laborat ory h ou r s each w eek .

37.

Patternmaking

four credits

Fo r st u d e n ts w h o w is h t o m a j or in woodw orking in prepar a ti on f o r
t ea c h ing a u nit shop.
Bas ic p rincip l es in vol v ed i n t h e m a kin g of w ood pa tterns a nd core
b oxes are s t resse d. T ec h n iq ues a r e d e mo n s t r a t ed .

.

INDUSTRIAL ARTS

85

Patte rns and c ore boxes made by stude nts a r e u sed in the s chool
f o undry.
Two d e m o n s tration a nd s ix la boratory h o ur s each w eek.

41.

Advanced Machine Shop

four credits

A c our se provid in g exp e ri e n ce in t h e operat io n of th e millin g m a chin e, s hape r, th e drill press, a nd the e n g ine l a th e ; in indexing, and in the
h eat trea tm e n t of m e t a ls . Spec ia l e m p h as is is placed up o n asse m bl y a n d
m ass produ c ti on . P r e r eq ui s ite; Sho p 22 .
T w o d e m o n strat ion a nd s ix la b or a t o ry h o urs each week .

42.

Special Machine Shop

four credits

P r o j ect wo rk i n m ac hin e s h op prac ti ce . A dmiss io n o nly by co n sent
of th e in s tru c t or .
T wo d e m o n st r a ti o n a nd s ix la bo r a t ory h o ur s eac h week.

43.

Foundry

four credits

A luminu m cast in g of m achin e par t s. Cas ti ngs are m a d e fr o m on e
pi e c e, s plit a nd irreg ul a r p a rting lin e p a ttern s , so m e of w hic h req uir e
dry sand cor es.
T wo d emo n stration a n d s ix labo r a t o r y ho u rs each week.

46.

Advan ced Sheetmetal Shop

four credits

A semester co ur se, in cluding spec ia l p r o jec t s, co n stru c t ion of pi eces
of eq ui p m e nt fo r sc h ool- s h op u se, a nd t each in g ma t e ri a l s. P r e r eq uis it es :
D r awi n g a nd Des ig n 21 a nd Sh op 22 .
Two demo n st r ation a nd s ix labo r atory h o u rs each week .

50.

Fundamentals of Art Metal

four credits

Th e a p pli catio n of th e p rinc iples of des ig n to coppe r , brass, a nd
pewte r. R e·p r ese ntat i ve pro j ects in clude l ette r ope n ers, ,book en d s , an d
la nte rn s.
Two d emo n st r at ion a nd s ix la b or atory h o urs eac h week .

51.

Advanced Ar t Metal

four credits

S p ecia li zed wo rk in a l u minum, co p pe r, brass, a n d pew t e r .
q ui s i te : Sho p 50.
Two demo n st r at io n an d s ix l abor ato r y h o ur s each week .

52.

Cold Metal (Wr ought Ir on)

P r ere-

four credits

Develop m e n t a n d co n s tru ction of orna m e nta l i ro n p r o j ec t s, in c luding
lam p s , can d le h old ers, woo d b ask ets, a n d oth e r pro j ects s uitabl e for high
sc h oo l s h ops. 1'he work in c ludes both co ld a nd ho t form ing.
Two de m on str a ti on a nd s ix l a bora t ory h our s each week.

56.

Fundamentals of Welding

four cr edits

A s tud y of the e l ement s of fo r ge, or b l acks mi t h wel d in g, ox y acetyl e n e
w el d in g . Safety p r act ices a r e str ess ed.
Two de m on st r at io n a nd s ix labor ato ry h o ur s eac h w eek .

58.

Metal Work

four cred it s

A dvan ced prac ti ce on th e la th e, s h ape r, milling m ac hin e, a nd o th e r
m achine t ool s; in el e m en tary m et a llurgy a nd h eat trea tm e nt of steel.
Indi v idua l w orl< i s: s: t.ressPd .
Two d e rp on st r a ti o n a nd s ix l a b orato r y h o ur s each week .

60.

Advanced Graphic Arts

four credits

A c ontinua t io n of Sh op 23, cove r in g the or ganiza tion of s uita ble s h o p
eq uipm e nt a nd t eaching m ate ri a l, a nd providin g ex p e ri e n ce in the s tud y ,
sel ec tion a nd d e v e lo p m ent of binding proj ec t s s uitabl e for secondary
s c hools.
Two d e m on s tra ti o n a nd s ix la b or a t o r y h o ur s each week.

65.

Graphic Presentation and Bookbindin!!'

four credits

A n e l e m e n tary unit in gra phi c a rts, in cluding l e tte r press printin g a n d
hookbinding ; al so th e pre p a r a t io n a n d r eprod u ct ion, t hr ou gh a va r ie t y of

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN

86

proces s es, of t eaching material sui t a!bl e for classroom u se.
Two de m on s tra tion and s ix lab or ato ry hour s each week .

61.

Advanced Typography and Book Design

four credits

Prac ti ce in the s elec tion, planning, and ord ering of supplies and
equi p m e nt ; a dva nced typogra phy, book d e sign, e tching , and s ilk s creen
w ork . Pre r equi s ites : Shop 60.
Tw o d e m on s tra tion a nd s ix la borato ry hours ea c h week .

66.

Photography

four <-Tedits

E xamin a ti on of t h e essenti a l s of p ho t ogra phi c co mpo s ition ; e xpe rie n ce in the u se of m o d e rn ca m e r a eq u ip m e nt a nd in th e co mplete pro cedure of making pic tures.
T w o demo n st r a ti o n a n d six laborato ry h our s each w eek.

70.

Comprehensive General Shop

four credits

Bas ic t ool ex pe ri e n ces in w ood , me t a l, el ec tri city, cer a mi cs, g raphic
a r ts, wood a nd m e t a l fini s hing , and weav ing. Th e procedures a r e e xpl oratory.
T wo dem o n st r at io n a nd s ix labor ato r y h o ur s ea c h w eek .

71.

Crafts

four credits

T h e appl ication of d esig n as it app l ies to t h e arts an d c r aft s . Vari o u s
c r af t processes a nd techni q u es a r e or gan ized into uni t s of work s u it able
fo r e le m e n tary ed u ca tio n , h ob b y clu bs, s u mmer camp p r og r a m s , a nd r ehabi litat io n .
T wo d e mon st r at io n a nd s ix labor atory h o ur s each wee k.

72.

Fundamentals of Ceramics

four credits

A back g r ound co urse in t h e maj or forming, decor ating a nd firin g p r ocesses in clay . Hand b uilding, casting, an d th rowi n g a r e e mphas ized in t h e
d eve lopment of in div idua l artwar e and pottery p ieces.
Two d e monstrat io n and six laboratory h o u r s each week.

73.

Costume Jewelry

four credits

Con s id e r at ion of t h e bas ic p ri ncip les fo r m a k in g me t a l a nd ce ramic
jewel ry, s u p pl emen te d b y th e con stru ction of var io u s pieces.
T w o demo n s tra ti on a n d s ix la boratory h o ur s each w eek .

74.

Plastics

four credits

A general i nt rod uc ti on to t h e h is to r y a nd d evel opm e nt of plastics ,
with l ruboratory work in t h e d es ig ni ng a nd con s truc ti o n of p lastic prod u cts.
Two d e m on str a ti on a nd six laborato r y h ou rs eac h week .

76.

Fundamentals of Leatherwork

four credits

A co u rse pl a nn ed t o g ive ex pe ri en ce in t h e u se of tool s r eq ui s it e to
c u tt ing, s ki v in g, to oli ng , em b oss ing, s t a mpin g, l acing, an d b r a iding; Pro jec t s a r e s uitab le f or u se in cam ps a n d in se ni o r hi g h sch ool s.
T wo d e mon s tra ti on a nd s ix la bo r atory h our s each week .

78.

Text iles

four credits

Stu dy of th e d evel opm e nt a nd u se of s im pl e loo m s a nd weaving dev ices a n d of th e sp in nin g of w ool , lin e n , a nd co tton fib e rs, together with a
co n s iderat io n of un it s o f study a nd poss ibl e p ro j ects f or the e lem e nta ry
sch ool.
Eight laborato r y ho ur s each week .

79.

Elementary Industrial Arts Activities

three credit!'<

P r o j ects in l eath e r, a rt meta l , plas tics, and b ask e try, with specia l
a d ap t ation t o th e n eed s of el e m e nta r y pu p il s.
S ix labor a t o ry h o urs eac h wee k.

ENGLISH COMPOSITION

87

LANGUAGE DIVISION
CLAIR MARTEL HUGHEY, Acting Chairman 1952-1953
JAMES H. BOWLEN, HENRIETTA CARRO LL, VIRGINIA W. CRANDALL (Mrs.) , LOU ISE A. NELSON GARRETT (Mrs.), JACK F. HOYES,
ELIZAB ETH JOHNSTON, B. LOUISE RAKESTRAW

COMMUNICATIONS
1.

Communication I

five credits

Th e study of communication provid es bot h vicarious and direct d evelopment of abilities fo r personal expression. It in c lud es extensive practice
in r eading, speaki ng, and writing in language and form, app r op r iate t o
soc ia l an d p r ofession a l sit u atio ns; and in s truc tion in th e u se of fo rmal
and info rma l di sc u ssion t ec hniqu es on Libra ry u sag e. A s p ec ial unit
orients th e st ude nt to th e r eso urces a nd u se of the coll ege Hbrary.
Five c lass hour s .

2.

Communication II

five credits

Thi d e velo pm ental program includes th e refin e m e nt a nd exten s ion of
skill s and t ec hniques of Communication I wi th s p ec ia l e m phasis on the
b as ic r eading, speak i ng, and writ in g s kill s ap,propri ate to the v ariou s fi eld s
of learning. P re req ui s ite: Communication I.
Fi ve class h o urs .

ENGLISH COMPOSITION
01.

Preparatory English

no credit

A study of g r a mmar, inte nd e d fo r e nter in g st ude nts who lack the
thorough t echnical b ackgro und essenti a l t o a m as t e ry of composi tion .
Three c lass ho urs eac h wee k.

1.

English 1

three credits

R ev iew of grammar in d etail , a n a ly s is of c on st ru c ti o n, f un ct ional
practice , r e m e di a l drill in punctuation, s p e lling, and m ech a ni cs of E n g li s-h ;
vocab ulary s tudy. W ritin g of b rief co mpos ition s a nd analysis fo r stru c tura l fa ults and e rrors in di c ti o n. Libra ry Usage, separa t e unit a dditi on a l
to Engli s h 1 is introdu c ti on t o u se of t h e library t a ught b y a member of
th e coll ege li brary staff.
Three c lass hours eac h wee k.

2.

English 2

three credits

Study a nd appli ca tion of th e Ja w s of co m position; m ethods and typ es
of expositi on; d escrip ti on and n a rrat ion. Paragrap h a nd th e me w riting ;
a n a l ysis of li ter a ry samples; b ook revi ewing; outl ining; assembling !bibliography. Continu e d f unc tion a l prac ti ce in m ech an ics. P r e req u isite: Engli s h T.
T hree cl ass hours each w eek .

11.

Invitation to Literature

three credits

An honors co urse, ope n only to Fr eshm en, in whi c h t h e st ud ent h as
th e opportunity, thro u gh r eadin g, of pursui ng hi s cultural inte r ests, in an
e ffort to h e ighten his di scrimin atio n in lit erary taste. Admi ss ion by consen t of the D ean or r ecommendation of the staff.
Three meetings each w eek .

31.

Advanced Composition

three credits

Adva nced experi e n ce in writing is afford ed thro u g h th e p r epar atio n o f
r ev iews, diges ts, a nd c riti cal r eports , empl oying expos itory, descriptive
and a rgum e ntative tec hniqu es.
Thr ee class h o ur s each w eek.

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN

88
32.

English Philology and Grammar

three credits

The co urse introd uces stude nts to th e scie ntifi c a nd hi s tori cal s tudy
of the d ev elopm e nt of modern English and the discernible t rends in la nguage today through the use of the exercises in phone tics, etymology, a nd
dic ti onary u sage.
Three cl ass h ou r s eac h week.

33.

three credits

Journalism

Th e or ganiza ti on, manage m e nt a nd s up erv1s10n of the co n ten t of
school p ublication s, th e p r e pa r a t ion of school publicity m ateri a ls, a nd th e
d evel op m e nt of j ournali stic s tyl e is acqui r ed through prac ti cal pa rti c ipa tio n in .i ournali~t.ic: a~tiv ities .

Th r ee cl ass hours each w eek.

34.

Creative Writing

three credits

An advanced co urse for stu d e nts of marked a b ili ty in th e c r eat ive
processes of writ in g. Th e co ur se aims to d eve lop c r ea tive ab ility, to im prove th e s tude n t 's ow n s tyl e, a nd to f urn is h m eth od s a nd material s for
the t eac hing of compos it io n in the seco nd a ry sch oo ls .
Th r ee class h o u rs eac h week .

11, 12.

LITERATURE
General Li terature 1 and 2

two credits

As a n introdu ct io n to li ter ature, th is c·ourse is d esig n ed to pro v ide
opportu ni t ies for bo t h w id e a nd e:,cten s i ve r eading whi c h wi ll f a m ilia ri ze
stude nt s wit h the d e v e lopment of hum a n t h o u g h t as it has fo und ex pre s s ion in the r ecogniz ed lite r a ry m aster p ieces of a ll tim es a nd p eop l es.
T wo class hours each week.

31.

English Literature

three credits

Engli s h Li ter a ture is s urve y ed fr o m A n g l o-Saxon t imes to the p r ese nt w ith e mphasi s o n r ecogn iz ed m a t e rpi eces. T h e co ur se has t wo bas ic
a im s: (1) broader kno w l ed ge of th e growth of Eng li s h l e tte r s a nd t h e ir
r elat ion to histor ical movements, (2) w ide r eading a nd mo r e in tell ig e n t
a ppreciation.

T hr ee class h o urs eac h week .

32.

American Literature

three credits

Th e cour se i s a s urvey of represe nta tive Am e ri can writin gs f rom
col on ia l times to th e p r esent. Partic ul a r a tten tio n is given those writings
whi c h •best exempli fy d e m ocratic ideal s a n d natio na l c haracter.
Thr ee class h o urs eac h w eek .

33.

American Poetry

T h e nat ur e,
t a tive American
back g round s a nd
Thr ee class

34.

three cr edits

fo r m, a nd fun ct ion of v e rse as e xempli fi ed by r epresenpo ets a r e examin ed , with particular reference to social
n a tion a l ideal s.
h ours eac h week.

American Prose

three credits

A st u dy of the d eve lopmen t of n ationa l ideals as expr essed by r e presentative prose m asterp ieces, w it h e xte n sive c ri t ica l r eadi n g in c urre nt
pe riodi cals as WP.11 as int.e n s iv<> st u dy of g r eat w orks ef the past.
T h r ee cl ass h ours each w eek.

39.

Children's Liter atur e and Story Telling

three credits

A n introduction to importa n t c hildre n' s books, old a nd n ew, a nd to
t echniqu es for t h e prese ntation of book materials. It encourages wide
r eadin g of ju venil e Ii te r a ture a nd p r ovides cr ite ria for and ex pe ri e nce in
the eva lua tion o f c hi ldre n 's books.
T hree class hour s eac h week.

41.

Pre-Shakespearean Literature

three credits

A s tudy of th e c ultura l backg-rounds of the Engli s h- s p eaking r a ce,
it s folkw ays , l ege n d s , ball ad r y, a nd hi s tory, p articul a rly, as r efl ec t ed in
Beow ul f, t h e Art huri a n e p ics. Ch a u ce r, a n d S penser.
Thr ee class h o urs es.ch w eek .

89

ENGLISH LITERATURE
42.

Shakespeare

three credits

The work of this course is a study of selected comedi es ,
and historical pla ys by Shakespeare, toge th e r with th e soc ia l ,
and Ii t e rary background n ecessary for th e ir f ull appreciation.
r eferen ce is made to those pla ys mos t frequently included in
school curriculums.
Three class hours each w eek.

43.

Eighteenth Century Literature

tragedies ,
historical,
Particul a r
secondary

three credits

A critical consideration of s ignifica nt e ightee nth-century writers with
e mphas is u pon the strugg le between trad it ion a nd r e volt as r efl ected in
the works of Pope, John son , Addiso n , Swift, Gold smith, Burns, and ot h e r
r e presen tat ive writers of the period.
Three class hours eac h week.

44.

The Romantic Movement

three credits

A stu dy of Wordsworth, Col eri dge , Byron, S h ell ey, Keats and t h e ir
co ntempo ra ries, in th e lig ht of soc ia l back gro und and b iogr ap hical and
criti cal d octrine.
Three class hours eac h week.

.

45.

Victorian Literature

three credits

Victorian c ulture is s tudied through its interpretations by poe ts a nd
essayi sts of the period, with particular r efer e n ce to th e writing of Carlyle,
Rusk in, Newman , Browning, Tennyson.
T hr ee class hours ea c h week.

46.

The Novel to 1870

three credits

A st udy of the ri se a nd d evel opme nt of the n ov el in English from its
predecessors of the eighteenth century to Hard y a nd Mark Twain. A sel ected li s t of novels is assig n ed for analysis with a view to c ul tivating
a n apprec iat ion o f this dominan t lite r ary fo rm.
Thr ee cl ass hour s each week.

47.

Modern Dr ama

three credits

A comp r ehen s ive v iew of the b es t dramatic lite r ature of t h e modern
Ameri can an d British theatr e s in ce 1 89 0 is presented through l ec tures, di sc u ss io n s, a nd exp erie n ces r elated to the contemporary stage.
Three class hours each week.

50.

The Essay

three credits

The hi sto r y and developm e n t of th e essay as a d istinct ive lite r a ry
form, toge the r with reading s in c urre n t pe riodical no n-fi ction and provis io n for opportuniti es fo r self-exr.> r ess io n t hrou g h w riting.
Thr ee class h o ur s eac h week.

51.

Contemporary Novel

three credits

A study of m o d e rn a nd co ntempor ary movements i n fi ct ion based o n
the critical reading a nd a n a lys is of English and American novel s publish e d
since 1870.
Three class hours eac h w eek .

52.

Contemporary Poetry

three credits

An examination of r epr esenta tive poetry publi s h e d s ince 1 870 , in b ot h
England a nd Ameri ca, provides th e bas is for a s tudy of fo rm s, as1>'ec t s,
and t e ndencies in co nte mporary verse, with pa r t ic ul a r r efe r e nce to poetry
as a c ritic ism of mod e rn life.
Three class hours each w eek.

53.

Short Story

three credits

The developm e nt of the s h ort story as a distin c t a nd pop ul a r c urre nt
literary form is traced thro ugh its hi story and t echni q u e. Recent ten d e n cies a r e inv es tiga t ed and wid e read ing in c urr e nt per iodicals is e n couraged.
Three class h o urs es.c h week.

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN

90
54.

The Literature of Biography

three credits

A g,t udy of t h e hi s t or ical d e v el opment of b iogra phi cal writing w i t h
r ea dings fr o m Pluta r c h, Bosw ell , Ca rl y le, Macaulay, Strachey, Bra dford ,
Ludwi g, a nd standa rd a nd conte m po ra ry b iogra ph er s.
T hree class hour s eac h w eek.

55.

Literar y Criticism

three credits

Th e hi s t or ica l s tudy oi' lite rary c ri t ic ism a nd a e s t h etic th eory, w ith
e m ph as is u pon mod ern t r e nd s .
Three c lass ho u rs eac h w eek .

60.

Recent Trends in the Tea ching of Engli sh

three credits

T h e co n t e n t of la n g u a g e-a r t s r eq u ire m e n ts of th e second a ry sch ool s
is r e vi e w ed , with s pec ia l r ef e r e n ce t o grad e-place m e nt a nd a dap t ati o n of
m a t e ri a l s, app r a isa l o f r esult s , a n d t h e d evel o pm e nt of p r ogr a m s of s tud y .
D irec t e d o bse r vation in t h e la!bo r a t o r y sc hool is fr eq u e nt ly e m pl oy ed .
T hr ee cla ss h o u r s eac h week .

GENERAL SPEECH
1.

Speech 1

two credits

S t u d y a n d a pplica t ion of f unda m e n t a l pr inc ipl es of e ff ect ive s peak ing ; traini n g in selec tion , o r gani za ti o n , a nd d evel o p m e n t o f m a t eria l s u itab le fo r s peech es; r ecor di n g a nd a n a l ys is of vo ice , e mph as is on pe r so n a l it y a dj u st m e nt as r e lated t o s peak in g -li stening s it u a ti o n s ; d iac riti cal
m ark i n g a nd vocab ula r v hu il di n g ,
Tw o cla ss h o urs ea c h w eek.

2.

Speech 2

t wo credits

Contin ua tion of Speec h 1 with spec ia l e m p has is o n grou p d iscu ss io n
and parli a m e nta ry p r oced u r e ; e xp os it or y, na r r a t i ve a n d d e scri p tiv e m a t e ri a l ; s p eec h es f or s pecial occas ion s; in te rp r e ta t ive o r c h ora l r eadin g .
T wo class h o urs each w eek.

21.

Phon et ics a nd Voice

t hree cr edits

I ntr od u c ti o n t o t h e s t u dy of E n g li s h s peech s o un d s . P rac1ice in r ea d in g d ic t a t io n a n d t ra n scri pt io n o f t h e s t u d e n t' s ow n s p eech a nd t ha t of
o t h e r s fr o m p h on ogra p h r ecor d s.
Th r ee class ho u r s each w eek .

22.

Oral In terpretation

three cr edits

F or pros pec tive t each e r s of p u bl ic s p eaki n g , ac ti n g , lite r atu r e a n d
b r oad cas tin g, a c ul t u r a l co u r se in poetry, drama, and ot h er li ter a ry f orm s .
Three class h o u r s each w ee k .

25.

Speech Development a nd Improvement

three cr edits

Di sc u ss io n of th e e vo lu tio n of s peech from th e bi r t h -c ry th ro u g h th e
kind e r g a r t e n, e le m e n t a r y a n d seco nd a ry leve ls of d e v elo p m e nt. The cour se
fu rth e r co n s id e r s t h e f u ndam e n t a l s o f vo ice a n d speec h pro duc tion ; vo ic e
a nd s peec h d iff ic ul ti es a nd m ate ri a l s f o r acq u is iti o n a nd con t inued u se of
g o od voi ce a n d acce ptab le s p eec h pa ttern s a t a ll l evel s.
T h r ee cla s s h o ur s eac h w eek .

31.

Play Producti on

three credits

T h eo ry a n d p rac ti ce in direc t in g . E ach s tud e nt m a k es a p rom p t-b ook
a nd direc t s a nd s t a g es, eith e r a t th e coll ege o r i n h is com munity , a o n e a ct p la y .
Tw o c la ss a n d three laborat ory hours each w eek.

32.

Stagecr aft, Scenic Desig n and Lig hting

three credits

A w o rk s h op co u r se in designing a nd co n stru c ting s t a g e setting s, m odelin g s tages t o s cale , li g h t in g, a nd m a king h a c k- s t age eq ui p m e nt a nd pro pe rti es.
Tw o c la ss a nd th r ee la borato ry h ou rs ea c h w eek .

...

SPEECH
33.

91

Costume and Make Up

three credits

A s tud y of t h e hi s tory of cos tuming fro m a n c ie nt t o m o d e rn tim es,
s upported by proj ects in costume design, including the consideration of
f a bri cs, the dye ing of m a t e rials, and the effe c t s of li g hts ; and methods of
a pplying m a k e -up.
Thr ee cl ass hours each week.

34.

Community Dramatics and Pageants

three credits

Me thod s a nd procedur es in pla nning proj ec t s for community use in
k eep in g with th e philosophy and prin cipl es of adult edu cation progra m s.
Three cla ss hours each w eek.

35.

Creative Dramatics and Story Telling

three credits

'.rh e a d:,p t,atio n of s;tori e8 to scri p t s a nd t h e t echni q u es of ac tin g
t hro u g h ac tu a l pa r t ic ipati o n in co nt e mp o r a ry a nd cl ass ical pla y c uttings,
w ith e mph as is o n t h e m e th od s of t eac hing dra m at ics in el e m e n tary a nd
secondary sc h ool s,
T hree class h o ur s ea c h w eek.

41.

Radio I

three credits

S t u d y a nd a ppli cati on of the bas ic s kill s o f r a di o r eadin g, a nn o un cing, a cting and pr odu c tion s, with c on s id e r a ti o n of th e probl e m s a ri s in g
fr om th e nat ure of r a di o audiences.
T hree cl ass h ours each w eek.

42.

Radio II

three credits

A w ork s h o p co ur se in th e a na ly sis of prese nt r a di o p r actices a nd in
t h e organiza ti o n of pr ogra m buildin g. Oppor t unity is gi ve n fo r s tude nt
l eade r ·hip i n

a n no un cing,

organi za tion,

script \VrHin g,

syn chroniza ti on ,

inte rpre t ation a nd p r oduc tion ,
Three class h o urs each w eek.

45.

Choral Speaking_

three credits

P r act ice of cor rect a nd express ive speech t hro u g h th e g r o u p achi evement of th e v erse- s})'eaking c h o ir, Th e co urse is d es ig n ed to a id bo t h ele me nta ry a nd seco nda ry t each e r s in the o r ga nizat ion, se lect ion of m ateri a ls,
m et h od s, a nd di rec tion of c hora l s p eakin g,
Three class h o urs each w eek.

46.

Debate, Gro up Discussion and
Parliamentary Procedure

three credits

Prac ti ce in pre pa rin g b ri ef s a nd in a n a l y zin g ev id e n ce ; s tud y of th e
prin c ipl es a n d t ypes of f o rm aJ a nd in fo rm a l di scu ss io n inclu d ing pa n el s,
s y mpos ium s , fo rum s , a nd b u s in ess co n fe r e nces; a ll these act iv ities carri ed on in co n fo rm a n ce with co rrect parli a m e n tar y p r ocedure.
T h ree class h o u rs each week,

51.

Speech Programs in Secondary Schools

two credits

Pro hl P. m s; in th P. s el ection of m a t e ri a l · fo r co urses of st udy, f ore n s ics,
group di scu ss ion, asse mbli es, dra m a ti cs a nd co rrecti on a nd im prove m e nt
pro gra m s on th e seconda ry l eve l. T hi s s tu d y is pla nn ed t o benef it st u d e nt s s pec ia li z ing in th e teaching of or a l En gli s h , s peech , a nd dra ma tics
and t ho se s up ervi s ing extra -c urri c ul a r act i v it ies in th e speech fi eld ,
'l'wo c lass hourR each w eek .

SPEECH CORRECTION
11.

Speech Education and Re-educati on in
Elementary and Secondary Schools

three credits

A surve y of m e th o ds, procedures a nd eq u ipme n t in or d e r t o d ea l m or e
intellige ntly as t o wh a t w e d o a nd wha t w e ca n do for ch ildre n an d co mmunitie s.
Three class hours each week.

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN

92
21.

Phonetics

three credits

Th e applica·tion to articula tory s peech di sorde r s of a sound-1by-so und
analys is of speech. Palatography , through lectures a nd r esea rch, is u sed
to give a composite picture of each sound.
Thr ee class hours eac h w eek.

22.

Voice and Diction

three credits

A co ur se pla nned to a id t each e r s in ga ining v ocal control. P a rt o f th e
tim e is d e vote d to correc tion, pronunc ia tion , articula ti o n , and e nu nc ia ti on.
Three cla ss hours eac h w eek.

25.

Speech Pathology

three credits

A f o unda tion co urse for s peec h correc tion, in cluding a study o f t h e
a na.to my a nd phys iolog y of th e speec h m ech a ni s m a nd so m e c on s id e r at io n
of th e causes , s ympto m s , n a ture, a nd m a n a g e m e nt of s p eech di s ord e r s .
Three class h ours each week .

26.

Anatomy of Speech and Hearing Mechanisms

two credits

A study of t h e ear , it s f un ct ions, mec ha ni s m , a nd capa biliti es in th e
pe r fo rm a n ce n ecessary for speec h.
i:r w o class hourg each w e.ek .

27.

Measurement of H earing Loss

two credits

A study of in strum e nts t o m eas ure heari ng l oss a nd t o in t e rp r et
find in gs fo r a id in g pe r so n s w il h a h earing loss.
T wo cla ss hours eac h we ek.

31.

Elementary Clinical Practice

three credits

P r act ice in clini cal procedure : a r ev iew of s peec h di s orde r s a nd m e thod s of di agno s is a nd r e m edi a l treatm e n t; OJ>por t unity fo r the acc umula t io n of c orr ec ti ve m a t e rial s a nd observat io n of t h e wo rk of th e speec h
cl ini c ia n.

S ix la b or ato ry h o ur s each week.

32.

Advanced Clinical Practice

three credits

Co rrec tioni s t prac ti ce. E ac h s tu de nt is r esp on s ible f or hi s own cases,
in cludin g di ag nos is, a n a ly s is , th e rap y, r e ports , f ollow-up, a nd oth e r probI ms, w it h s up er v i_s ion as n eed ed.
Si x la b or ato ry h o u rs eac h w eek.

35.

Hear ing Problems

three credits

Th e ap prec ia ti on of th e m a ny prob lems of c hildre n a nd a dult s wi t h
h earin g losses in ord er t o a cq u a int in t e r ested pe r so n s as t o how to improve
a nd t o be t ter adju s t the c hild or adult t o hi s h earing pro bl e m.
Thr ee cla s s hours each w eek.

36.

Auditory Training and Speech Reading

three cred it s

A s tudy of s peech m o vem e nts a nd methods to aid those with a h earing Joss se riou s e n ough to n eed a dditio n a l a ids for a dju s•t m e nt.
Thr ee class hours each w eek.

39.

Clinical Methods in Speech and Hearing

three credits

Clini cal prac tice with childre n with a hearing loss, actual teaching
of m o v e m ents n eces s ary f or th e be tterm e nt of speech and allied subjec ts
in th e classroom.
On e class a nd t w o c lini c h our s eac h w eek .

51.

Speech Problems

three credits

Acqua inta nce of s tud e nt s wi t h th e various speech problems common
to c hildre n in th e ele m e nta ry sch o ol. Emphasis is placed upon r e media l
tec hniqu es. Th e s tud y o f m a t e ria ls , m e tho ds, and t echniques used by the
c lass ro om t ea c h e r in improving the s peech o! all children.
T h ree class h ours each w eek.

I

.

93

GEOGRAPHY
SCIENCE DIVISION

GEORGE ELBERON HARDING , Cha irm a n
FREDERICK K. ATKINS, J. CALVIN FLEMING, CLYDE M . HARTMAN,
JOHN F. LEWIS, HARRY L. MONROE, HUBERT SNYDER,
PAUL N. WALKER

GEOGRAPHY
1.

World Geography

three credits

A b as ic co urse organized to d eve lop a knowle dge and appr eciation of
th e phys ical f actors of the e nvironment, a nd m a n' s a dju stm e nt t o th e m .
World pattern s of la nd forms, c limate, so il s , v egetation, etc. , a r e emphas ized in r elati on to their influence on the economic a nd c ultur al activ iti es
of m a n .

Three cl ass h ours each week.

11.

World Problems in Geography

three credits

A p oli ti cal geogra phy. Atte nti o n is giv e n to b ounda r y probl e m s, th e
v a lu e a nd control of coloni es , fi s hin g a greem e nts, p r obl e m s co n ce rnin g com m e r c ial av ia ti on , world t r a d e, world food s uppli es, con trol a nd d evelopment
of n a tura l r esources, and th e g eogra phic aspect of probl e m s co ncer nin g
world p eace. Prereq ui si te: World Geography.
Three class hours each week.

21.

Economic Geography

three credits

A st ud y of th e ac ti v it ies wh e r e by m a n mak es a li v in g.

World pro-

duction in agr iculture , f o!.~estry, n1ining a n d manufact uring; cl i stri1buti on

of popul a ti on ; a nd world tra d e a r e cons id e r ed a nd th e kn owl ed ge acq uired
is appli ed to an inte rpretation of world pr ob le m s. T h e co urse f urni s h es a
back g r ound for g r eater un d e r stand i n g of nation a l a nd inte rn a tional affai r s.
Three cl ass h o urs each w eek.

23 .

Con servation of Natural R eso urces

three credits

A s tudy s uitabl e to the n eed s of t each er s of g eogra phy , eco n omi cs,
biology a nd hi sto r y. It con s ide r s m a j or gove rnm e nt p r o j ects, mine ral s,
so il, a nd wate r a nd pla nt r esources.
Three class hours each week .

25.

Geography of the United States
and P ennsylvania

three credits

An anal ys is of p opul a tion , l a nd utiliza tion, produ c tion a nd tra de,
through a co mprehensive s tud y of t h e r ela tion s be t ween th e physical fac tor. of t h e e n vi r onm en t a nd m a n . Th e fi r s t par t of th e co urse d eal s with
P e nn sylva n ia, a nd through its economic position w it hin t h e Sta t es, proceeds l ogicall y to an anal ys is af t h e n a ti o n as a whol e a nd i ts world r el a tion s. Pre r eq ui s ite : World Geograp.h y.
Three class hours each week.

26.

Geography of Pennsylvania

three credits

A reg iona l a na lys is of Penn sylvan ia, emph as izing man 's c ul>tura l
. and econ omi c r esponse t o environm etal fac tor s . Sp ec ia l a tte nti o n is give n
to th e r esources of the state, analyzing their exte n t, th e ir u se , the n eed
f or well directed conservation, and th e r egional planning program of the
Commonwealth . Field trips are an integ r a l part of th e cou rse. Prerequis ites: World Geography a nd the Geography of United States a nd P e nnsylvania.
Three class hours eac h week.

27.
&

Geography of the United Sta t es an d Canada

three credits

A r egional s tudy of the Unite d States and Canada, co n s id e rin g m a n ' s
a dju s tm ent to the physical fac tors of reli ef , c limate, so il , v egetatio n and
min e r a l r esources. Pol itical structure, and t h e r elation s between t h e two
countri es a nd th e r est o f th e w orld, are ana l yzed fr om a geographic p,oi n t
of view. P r er eq ui s ite: World Geogra phy.
Three class h ours each week.

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN

94

31.

Geography of Latin America

three credits

A c ompa r a ti ve s tudy of th e geog r aph ical r eg io n s o f Middl e a nd Sout,h
A m e ri ca. The L a tin A m e ri can r e la ti on s with th e U ni ted Sfates a nd th e
r es t o f t h e w o rld ar e inte rpre t e d thro ugh a n a n a l ys is of the eco n o mi c, so c ia l a nd c ultural activ iti es of m a n in r e la ti o n to th e phys ica l f ac tor s of
hi s e n v ironm e nt. Pre r equi s ite: Wor ld Geogr a phy.
Three c lass hours each we ek .

35.

Geography of Europe

three credits

A r eg ion a l s tudy of Euro p e des ig n e d to c r eat e a b e tte r und e r s t a ndin g of th e e n v iro nm e n tal influ e n ces of t h e a r ea upo n m a n. A g eogra phi c
anal ys is of th e r eli e f , c lim a t e, so il, reso urces, and th e s oc ia l and econ o mi c p r og r ess o f th e p;eo pl e w it h r espect t o th e ir l ocal d eve lopm e nt , a nd
w ith t h e o th er peo pl es of t h e w o rld.
T hree c lass h o urs each w eek .

41.

Geography of Asia

three credits

A n econ o mic s tudy of t h e m a j o r geog r a phi c r eg ion s of th e Sovi e t
U ni on , So u t hw es t e rn As ia, and Ind ia. S pec ia l e mph as is is place d on th e
r ecent c ultu ral and p oliti cal c h a nges i n th e a r ea a nd t h e s ig nifi can ce of
th ese c h a n ges t o th e world eco n om y . Pre r eq ui s ite : W orld Geogr ap hy.
T hr ee c lass hours each w eek .

42.

Geography of the Far East

three credits

A st udy o f .Japan, China , th e Phil ippin es , South eas t e rn As ia , a nd t h e
E as t Indi es. F act or s of th e n a tura l e n v iro nm e nt a nd m a n 's adju s tm e nt
t o th e m econ o mi cally, soc ia ll y, a nd p oli t ic ally, a r e in ves ti gated. Prob l e m s
of l ow s ta nd a rd s of li v ing, co n servati o n of r es ources, wide r u se of r e so u rces . a nd indu s tri a liza tion are co n s ide r e d.
Pr e requi s ite: World
Geogra phy.
'T'hr ee cl as~ h ours eac,h WP.ek.

46.

Geography of Africa and Australia

three credits

A r e gi on a l s tudy of Afric a , Au s tra lia a nd 1he n e ig h boring is la nd s of
t h e Pac if ic, s h ow in g th e soc ia l a nd eco n o mi c d e v e lo pm e n t of t h ese la nd s
in r elat ion to th e ir phy s ical e n v ironment. Th e p oli t ical affili a ti on of th ese
lan d s, t h e geogra phi c aspects of t h e p robl e m s of col oni es, la nd t e nure,
r ace, a n d t h e sigr.ifi ca n ce of st r ateg ic loca ti o n a nd p r o duc tion a r e conside r e d . P r e r eq u isit e: W o rld Geogr ap hy.
T hree class h o urs eac h wee k.

50.

Field Courses

varying credit

P l'l nn e d trip s , es n ecia lly in s umm e r ~ess ion s. during w l1i c h daily
g uid e s h ee ts are issued , and l ec tures a nd dis cussion s are conduc ted.

51.

Cartography

three credits

A c ourse de s igne d to d e v e lop profi c ie n c y in the use a nd inte rpr e t a ti o n
of gl obes, m a p s , m o d el s, gra ph s , cartogra m s and geographic di a gra m s.
A s tudy of the history of m a p s a nd m a p maki ng; instruction in the c ons tru c ti o n of se lec ted proj ec tion s , g raph s, a nd diagrams; and th e applicati on of e a c h to the t eaching of g e ograp hy, form the content of th e
co ur se. Pre r e qui s ite : W orld G eogr a phy.
Three cl a s s h o urs eac h week .

55.

Geographic Influences in History

three credits

A study of the relations b etw een the n atural e nvironm e nt and th e
hi s t ori cal m ove m e nt of m a n. Th e c our se e mphas izes the influ en ce of
coas t s , isl a nds, rivers, mounta in s, v e g e tation, and soil in th e ex p loration
a nd th e s e ttle ment of the United Sta tes a nd in ex·pansion of the America n
peopl e fr om a s mall nation to a grerut world power. Prerequisites : World
Geog r a phy a nd Geography of the United States.
Three c lass hours ea ch week.

.,

EARTH SCIENCE
56.

Trade and Transportation

95
three credits

A s tudy of world trade and t h e res ultin g maj or transportation rout es
with t h e ir associated ports, railroad cente rs, and contri b utin g hin te rlands. Co n s ideration is g iven to the l oca ti onal f actors of cities, r oads,
r a ilroads, sea routes, ai r lanes; a nd to the problems of th e m oder n c iti es
a nd the t e nd e n cy fo r dec entra lizat ion.
T h re e class h ou r s eac h week .

57.

Commercial and Industrial Geography

three credits

An inte rpretat ive s urvey of the effects in the United States, of
geogr ap hi c conditions upo n i n d u st ri a l product ion and co mm e r ce, o f d eve lopme nt s of com m e r c ial a r eas , and of ava il aJb ility of r eso urces to
markets, in r elation to ot h e r r eg ions of th e w orld.
Th r ee class hour s eac h week.

58.

Commercial Air Transportation

three credits

A st ud y of th e development of co mm e r c ia l aviation. Governme nta l
agreements, s ub s idi es, co ntrol and use of air bases, th e signifi ca nce of
Great Ci r cle r o utes and the Polar r egion s a r e consider ed. Th e co ur se
m a y b e u eel as an elect iv e in Aeronaut ic Eclu ca-t io n . Prereq ui s ite : World
Geogr aphy.
T hree cl ass hour s eac h week.

60.

Teaching Geogra phy in Secondary Schools

three credits

A s urv ey of ava il abl e materials an d c urre nt c urri c ul a in t h e fi e ld
of geogra phy fo rm th e bas is for a n a ly sis of mode rn t echniqu es in the
t eachin g of geograp h y . Emphasis is placed on th e importa n ce of geog r aph ic t hinkin g in the in te r p r e tation of nat io nal and internati on a l prob l e m s, a cq ui s ition of good ha bits for ci tize n s hip, a nalys is of t ex t book s and
co ur ses co ntributing to these object ives.
Three class h o urs eac h week.

EARTH SCIENCE
21.

Astronomy

three credits

R ecog niti o n of th e various el e m e nts of th e solar system, the ir physi cal c harac t e ri st ics and motions, th e phenomena of th e galac tic system and
t h e ext r a-galacti c space a nd th e const ell a ti ons, with a con s ide rati on of
th e math em at ical phases generally omi1ted from studies of thi s kind .
Three cla ss h o ur s eac h w ee k.

31.

Geology (Physi cal)

three credits

A st udy of the s urface forms, compos it ion, and struct ure of the
earth. Emphasis is p laced on the agencies which are continua lly at work
a lter ing th e earth' s s urface forms, the c la ssificat ion s a nd int e r pret a tion
of r ock s, and the evolution of life. Prerequisite: W orld Geography.
Three class hours each w eek .

35.

Physiography

three credits

A s tudy of the p hys ical phenomena as dynamic forces affecting man.
Th e co nte nt of the course consists of a s y s t e matic study of l and forms,
th e ir or ig in and the fo rces that produced them , so il s, mine r a l s, water
r eso urces, a nd their effect on man. Prerequisite: World Geography.
Three class h o urs each week .

36.

'

Meteorology

three credits

A sys t e matic st udy of t he atmosphere. The co ur se analyzes th e
laws and und e rlying principles of atmospheric change. An opportunity
is afforded t h e student to become familiar with t h e co mmon weather
instruments, to dbserve a nd r eco rd weather data, to rea d a nd interp r et
w eather m a ps, a nd to conside r the probl e ms of aviation growing o u t of
a tm osph er ic co ndition. Prerequisite: World Geography.
Three class hour s each week.

37.

Climatology

three credits

A systema tic study of th e climatic regions of the world and the
advantages a nd limitation s of each for man's occupance. The physical

96

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN

aspects of th e atmo s phere, and the regiona l characteri s tic s of cl im ate are
in ves ti gat e d. The co u rse is valuable background material for th e co ur se
World Probl e ms in Geography. Prerequi s ite : World Geograp hy.
Three cl ass hours each week.

MATHEMATICS
00.

Special Work in Mathematics

three credits

Indi v idu a l work in app li ed mathematics , coll e g e a lgebra, trigonom et ry, a n a l ytical geome try , or differenti a l o r integral cal c ulus. Admis s io n by con se n t of th e in s tructor .
Three c lass h o urs each w eek.

1.

Fundamentals of Mathematics

three credits

D eve l opment of the num b e r syst em ; nature and ap plic ation of fund a m e nta l pro cesses; extension of t h e numb er system to includ e co mm on
a nd d ec im a l fraction s and n egative numbe r s; approxim a te n at ure of
m eas u r e ments; per ce nts; la nguage of a lg e bra in clu ding formulas , g r a ph s,
tab les, a nd e quation s ; m eaning of proof ; e l e mentary con ce pt s of s t a tistics;
a rt of indir ec t measu rement; a dditional to pics of interest t o st ud e nt s.
Three c las s hour s each w eek.

11.

College Algebra

three credits

F undamental oper ation s, facto rin g; frac t ion s; expon en ts; f un c ti ons
a nd t h e ir g r ap h s, lin ear , q u adrati c, and sys t e ms of e quation s; propo rtion
an d va ri ation; progress ions ; mathemati cal induction; logari thm s; determin a nt s; pe rmuta ti ons ; a nd comib ina ti ons.
P r e r eq ui s it es : 1 year high
school a lgeb r a an d 1 y ear high sch ool geomet ry.
Three c l ass h o urs eac h week .

12.

Trigonometry

thr ee credits

F u nct ion s of a n a n g l e; l ogar ithms; u se o f tab les; r adian s; id e ntiti es;
t rigo n ome tr ic a nd expo n e nti a l eq u a tions; soluti on of tria ngl es by n at ura l
fun ct ion s a n d logarith ms; in ver se fun c ti o n s; compl ex numb e r s ; ap pli ca_ti o n in p r ac ti cal proble ms.
T h ree class h o u rs each week.

13.

Algebra and Trigonometry

fi ve credits

For e n g in eeri n g st u dents with a m inimum of two years of high
school math e mati cs, in c ludin g 1 ½ units of a lgebra, 1 unit of pl a n e
geometr y a nd ½ uni t in oth e r m ath e mati cs.
Five c lass hours eac h w eek.

14.

Analytical Geometry and Differential Calculus

four credits

F or e ngineer in g stud e nts . A s tudy of l oc i of eq u a tion s a nd eq u a ti o n s of loc i; st rai g ht lin es; co ni cs; form a l differentiation a nd app li ca tion
of d eri vat i v es to curve drawin g ; max im a a nd minima; a nd r a t es.
r eq ui s ite : Math emat ics 13 or 11'1 ath e m at ics 11 a nd 1 2.

P r e-

Fo ur c lass h o ur s each week.

21.

Analytical Geometry

three credits

Co rre la tion of a lg eb r a and g eom e try in finding eq u a ti on s of loc i a nd
loc i corres pondin g to certa in eq u at ions ; prop e rti es of the straigh t lin e ,
t h e c irc le a nd con ic sect io n s; r ectang ula r a nd pola r coo rd in ates; trans f orn1 at i on of coor dinates; paran1 etri c eq u a ti ons; a br ief introduc ti o n to
t hree dim e n s ion s. Prer eq ui sites: Coll ege A lgebra a nd Tri gonom etry.
T hr ee c lass hours each week.

22.

College Geometry

three credits

Ex tens ion of co mp e t e n cy in g eom e try; modern probl e ms of the tria ngle a nd t h e ci r c l e ; f u rt h er d e velopment of rigorous p,r oof ; con struction s
based on loc i a nd indire ct e lemen t s; non-e u c lid ean g eo m e try. Pre r equisites :
Hi g h sc h ool p la n e geometry.
Three c lass h o urs each w eek .

MATHEMATI CS
31.

Calculus I (Differential)

97
three credits

E l e m e n t ary co nce pts of li mits; the derivative ; application s of th e
d e rivati v e t o m a...x im a a nd minim a , rate s, v eloc ity, accele rat io n ; i n t r odu c tion of in tegra ti on as t h e inv e r se of diffe r e nti a tion. Pr er e quisit e : An a l yti ca l Geo m et r y .
Three class hours ea c h w eek.

32.

Calculus II (Integral)

three credits

Integ r a ti on as th e in ve r se of d iff e r e ntiation ; fo rmulas of integration ;
the d efini te inte gra l; m e th o d s of int e gra tio n ; integra tion as th e l imit of
a sum ap p li e d t o a r eas , volum es , l e ngth s of curves and o th e r prac ti c al
prQlblem s . Pre r eq ui s it e : Diffe r e nti a l Calc ulu s . Diffe r e ntial a nd Inte gra l
Calculu s m a y b e ta u g ht as a unifi e d c our se.
Three c lass h o urs each w eek.

33.

Advanced Calculus

three credits

A continuati o n of th e c a lc ulus to inclu de series, additional work in
partial d iffe r e ntiation, multipl e inte gral s , and e le m e nta ry differential equ ations. Pre r eq uisi te : Inte gra l Ca lculus .
Three c la ss h o urs ea c h w eek .

40.

Advanced College Algebra

three cr edits

T h e ory of e qu atio n s ; d e t e rmina nts ; p a rtial fraction s; s eri es; c o mpl ex
numb e rs; fu r t h e r d e velo p m e nt o f p e rmuta tions, combination s a nd probability. Pr e r e qui s i te : Coll e g e Alge bra I.
Th r ee cl ass ho u rs ea c h w e ek.

41.

Spherical Trigonometry and Navigation

three credits

Soluti on of t h e right a nd ob li que sph e rical tria ngl es with e mphas is
on th e i r prac ti cal a]')pli ca tion, es p ecia lly in the fie ld of navigation.
Three cl ass h o u rs eac h w eek.

42.

Statistics

three credits

Basic prin c i p le s a nd m e th o d s of s t a ti s ti cs c ommon to s ci e ntifi c r e sear c h; und e r s t a nding of a nd ab ility t o u se graph s , fr equ e n c y di s t ri butions, m ea s ure s of ce n t ra l t e nde n cy a nd di s p e r s ion; n o rm a l c ur ve ; corr e lati on; regress io n a nd p r ed ic tio n ; r e li a bility o f stati s ti cal m eas ures ; c urv e
fitting; d e v el o pm e nt of formula s .
T hr ee c lass hours eac h week .

43.

Mathematics of Fin a nce

three credits

Introduc ti o n to e l e m e nta r y th eo ry of simpl e a nd c om p ound int e r est
with sol u ti on of pr o bl e m s in a nnuiti es , sinking fund s, a m ortizati on , in-



sta llm ent 1buying , m at h e ma ti cs o f life in s ura n ce .
Three class h o urs each w eek .

44.

Field Work in Mathemati cs

three credit s

Math e mati cs appli e d t o th e e nri c hm e nt of sec o ndary sch oo l m a th e matics. Use of th e trans it, a ngl e mirror , hyp so m eter , s extant , a nd othe r
measuring in s trum en ts; s impl e m ap makin g e x e r c ises a nd e le m e nta r y
:s urveying; c on s tru c ti o n a nd u se of s tud e n t -m ad e instrum e nts a nd t e a c h ing devices.
Three c la ss ho u rs ea c h w eek .

45.

History of Mathematics

three credits

Study o f t h e growth of math e m a ti cs through th e cen t uri es a nd th e
men who c on t ribute d to it, e nri c hm e nt of t h e m ath e m a ti ca l back g r ound
of students; inte grat io n o f bas ic a r eas of m a t hematics. Pre r e q ui s ite :
Analytical Geom e try.
Three c lass ho u rs ea c h we ek .



60.

Teaching of Mathematics in the Secondary School

three credits

Place and fun c tion of m a th e mati c s in s e c ond a ry e du eatio n ; c ontent
a nd the im pr oven1 e nt and eva lu a ti on o f i n s tru e ti on in rn a th e n1 at i cs ; a c q u ai nta n ce w i th th e c urr e n t lite r ature and r e s e ar ch; ob ser va ti on in s ec o ndary schools. P r er equisite : 9 hou r s o f c oll e g e mathe mati cs.
Three class hours each week.

THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN

98

SCIENCE
1.

Basic Biology

three credits

T hi s co u rse d ea ls wit h t h e prin cipl es of Biol ogy . Top ic s in clu d e
cellula r stru ct ure and p hy s iol ogy, growth a n d r e pa ir, reproduction a ncl
d e ve lop m e nt, con t r o l, so urce s of food energy, inh e ritan ce, a n d man's int e r r elat ion s hi p with h is biological e n vironm e n t.
Th e class ifi cation of
plants a nd a nimals is r ev iewed b r iefly.
Four class h o u rs each week.

2.

Basic Physical Science

t hree credits

Thi s co urse utili zes the fiti ld s of ea r th sci e n ce and astronomy to provide a b r oad e n ed b ackground of science. The n a ture a nd u ses of e n e rgy
is the ce ntral th e m e fo r th e stu dy of h eat, ligh t , c h e m ica l , elect r ical, a nd
ato mic e n ergy. Emph asis is placed on the m e th od s a nd th e thinkin g of
sc ie nti sts in r ecogn izi ng a nd sol vi n g problem s .
F o ur class h ours each week .

21.

Science for the Elementar y Grades

t hree credits

This c o ur se, foll ow in g t he year of basic sci e n ce, i s d es ign e d t o prov ide the el e m e ntary t each er w ith a more a dequat e backgro und for t eaching sc ie n ce in th e el e menta ry school. Units or prolbl e m s a r e se lected t o
ac h ie ve thi s purpose which c u t ac r oss vari ou s fi el ds of sc ie n ce. Emph as is
is placed u po n d evel op ing r eso u rcef uln ess in gath erin g data a n d u s ing
the scien tifi c m e tho d in th e solu tion of s u c h p r obl e m s.
Thre e class h ours each we ek.

22.

Science in Modern Civilization

t hree credits

This co u rse is d esigned t o acquaint t h e seconda ry s tu d e nt with so m e
of t h e major di scove ries of science in a ll fie ld s and th e effects of di s co veries u pon man 's way of li fe. Em phasis is placed u pon d e vel oping an
und e rsta nding of s c ie nce and its im plication s . Di scov er ies l eading to
more abun d a nt s u ppli es of e n e rgy, di scove ri es co ntri b utin g to bette r
h ealth and l o nge r li fe, mor e rapid t r ansportation t o a more abundant a n d
bet t e r fo od s uppl y, bett e r h o u s ing, b e tter clothing and to g r ea t er d es tr u ctive pote n tial are some o f th e topi cs devel oped.
T h ree class hours each week.

60.

Teaching of Science in the Secondary School

t hree credits

This co ur se is plan n ed to give the prospective sc ie nce majo1 · a
th or ough gro und ing in the prob lems of teach i n g Sc ie nce. Th e ob j ec tive s
of th e scien ce p r ogram in th e seconda r y sch ool , sel ection of textbooks,
so urce s of s uita 'bl e li ter a ture, h ow t o sec ure mate ri a l s for in s tru ctio n ,
th e pre pa ration of unit s, and spec ia l techn iq u es a r e s tudi e d . Pr e r eq ui s it~~:
l 2 ho ur s of work in m a jor fi eld.
Thr ee cla ss h o urs each week.

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE
21.

Genetics

three credits

Th e p urp ose of thi s co urse is to g ive th e ,st udent a n un d e r standin g
of the l a w s of inh e rita nce as the y operate in plants , a n imal s, a nd human s.
Cell stru cture, M e n deli a n inh erita n ce, e ug eni cs , link age, p robab ilit y , c r ossing ove r , a nd r a nd om assortm ent a r e a ll c on s id e r ed . P r e r eq ui s ite: 6 hour,s
Biol ogy.
Two class and three laborat ory h o urs each week.

22.

Microbiology

three credits

This co urse is a study of micro sco pi c forms of life both n l an t a n d
an im a l whi c h a r e com m o nly e n counte r ed in biol ogi cal work. Some em p h as is Is placed on th e study of disease pro du cing species of m a n a n d
hi s dom est ica ted a nim a l s.
Me thod s of c ulturin g forms u se d in high
school teac hing a r e s tudi ed . Prerequisites: Botany I and II, Zool ogy J
a nd II.
T w o cl ass a nd three l aboratory hours each week .

BOTANY

99

31. Ecology
three credits
Thi s co ur se is a s t udy of plan t s a n d an imals in rela-tion to th ei r
J}hy s ical a nd bi olog ical environments. S pec ia l topics include distribution,
f ac tors a ffe c t ing di s tribu ton, life zones, food chain s, a nd adaptations.
Att e ntion is g i v e n to p lan t a nd anim a l c ommunit ies in Pennsylvania.
In di v idu a l probl e m s m a y be a ss ign ed. Pre r equisite: 6 h ours of Biology.
Two cl ass a nd thr ee l aborato ry hours each week.
Cons ervati o n of N atural R esources
three credits
A s t ud y of t h e uti li za tion of t h e nation 's resources in order to
a n a l yze t h e n ee d fo r co n serva tio n, the problems of conservation, and -to
i nv es tiga t e s ugges t e d m e th o d s for th e p,r ev ention of waste. The r eso urces
of land, wa t e r , pla nt a nd a nimal life, mineral r esources, and m a n are
co nsid e r ed.
Two class a nd t h ree l aborrutory hours eac h we ek.

32.

40 .

Physiology
three credits
Th e pur po se o f thi s co urse is to give the student a general backg round of h ow an im a ls ca rry o n bod ily p rocesses and a more detailed
knowl edge of hum a n phys iology. Related anatomy is taught as need ed .
Pre r equi s ites : Zool ogy I and II.
Two class a nd three la boratory hours each week.

50.

Parasitology
three credits
T hi s cou rse co n s id e r s th e a natomy, physiology, life history and
ha bit s of r epr ese n ta tive pa r as ites of man and h is dom esticate d animals.
, 1ean s of pre Ye nti o n, d e t ec ti o n, a nd cont r ol are emp h asi zed . Specia l
a tte nti o n is gi v e n to t ho se f orm s lik el y t o be e n c ount e r ed in the area of
t h e co ll ege. Pr e r equi s ites: Zoology I a nd II.
Two cla ss an d three la boratory ho urs eac h week.

BOTANY
four credits
Botany I
Bo t a ny I is a s t ud y c hi e f l y of th e flow e ring plants. Topics in clude
Lh e a n a to 1ny a nd li f e pr oc esses of pla nt cell s, l eave s , ste m, roo t s, flow ers,
seed s , a nd fruit s . Th e eco n o mi c im porta n ce of plants u sed by m a n a nd
Lh e r ecognition a nd c lass ifi ca tion of the seed pla nt s in the imm ediat e
e nviro nm e nt of t h e c oll eg e a r e in clud ed .
Three cla ss a nd t hree lab orat ory hours each week .

1.

four credits
Botany II
Bota n y TI is con cern ed p rima rily with the non-flowering plants. It
con s ide r s bot h t h e :.rn a tomy a nd li fe proc esses of selected a lgae, b acteria .
fungi, mo sse s, fe rn s, and the ir a lli es . The economic importance and health
impli cati o n s o f certa in of th e se gro u ps are em p h asize d. The r ecogniti on
a nd clas sifi ca ti o n of th e n o n-fl owering pla nts of the immediate s urroun d ings are s tressed. Pre r eq ui s ite s: Botany I.
Th ree clas s a nd thr ee la boratory ho ur s eac h w eek.

2.



31.

Field Botany (Local Flor a)
three credits
A s tudy of th e classificatio n a nd id e ntifi catio n of the seed plants a nd
f e rns o f Southw es t e rn P e nn sylvan ia. Pre r equ is ite: Botany I o r con sent
of th e instructor.
T wo c lass a nd t hree la bora t or y hours each w eek .

ZOOLOGY
l,

Zoology I
four credits
Thi s is a s t udy of th e life hi story, h a bits , or1 g m , development ,
phys iology a nd a n atomy of each p h y lum of th e inve rt ebra t e s . Emphasi s
is g ive n t o th e st udy of th ose forms of economic impor tan ce t o man or
with h ealth impli catio n s . Th e s tude nt 1become s acq uain te d w i th th e
m a ny invertebrate spec ies found locall y.
Three class and three l a boratory h ou r s each week.

THE CALIFORNIA BU LLETI N

100
2.

Zoology II

four credits

T hi s co u r se is a st udy of th e Chord a ta i n gen er a l , an d mor e pa rticul arl y t h e c lasses of V e r t e b r ate s . Topics stu di ed incl ude t h e a na t o m y ,
p hy s iology , ori g in, d evelopm e nt, a n d l ife hi s t ory o f r e presen t a ti ve m e m be r s of each class. Specia l att e n t ion is g iven t o the ver t eb r at es fo un d
in t he vic inity o f the co ll eg e. P r e r equ isites : Zool ogy I.
Th r ee class a nd th r ee la boratory h o u r s eac h w eek .

21.

Compar ative Anatom y

t hree credit s

Co n s id e r a tio n of t h e f u ndam e nta l s, w i th e mp has is on m a mma l ian
a natomy. P r e r eq u is ite : Zool ogy 2.
Tw o c lass a nd t hr ee la bor ator y h o urs e a c h week.

31.

F ield Zoology

.

three credit s

A stu dy, a d apted t o th e n ee d s o f t eac h e r s a n d inclu di n g p r a c ti ce in
met h od s of co ll ect ing a nd p r eservi n g specim e ns of t h e fo rm s of a n ima l
life i n t h is r egi on .
T wo c lass a nd thr ee labor a tory h ou rs ea c h week.

32.

Ent omology

t hree credits

A gen e r a l study of in s ec t s is m a d e i n this co urs e, includi ng s truc ture,
phys io log y, eco nomi c im po rta n ce, class ifi cati o n and r el a ti on s hips. E ac h
s t u de n t is r eq u ired to parti ci pate in fi eld t rip s a n d to c ompl e t e a pro ject
includ ing a coll ection a nd r e p or t on some g r o u p of in se cts. P r e r equi s ites :
Zoolog y I.
Two c lass a nd t hree la b or a tory h o u r s ea c h week .

35.

Ornithology

three cr edits

T hi s is a n i ntrodu ction t o th e bi r ds of Pen n s yl vani a with spec ia l
e mp hasis on t h e id e ntifi ca tio n of bird s i n t h e fi el d. L ectu r es d ea l with
c l assification , n1igr a t i on , h a b i t a t pr ef e r e n ce, song, court ship , n est i ng a n d

rea r in g of yo u n g , a nd pl u mage chan g es . A b undant fi eld work g ives pract ice i n id e nt ifica tion of n at ive bird s b y t he ir so ng s, be havio r , fo r m a n d
pl um a g e.
T w o clas s a nd t hr ee labor a tory h o u r s ea c h week.

1.

2.

Physical Science Survey

t hree credits

A gen e r a l co urse on appr ec iatio n , dra w n largely fr om t h e fi eld s o f
ast r o no m y, phys ics, c h e m is try, a nd the earth sc ien ces and d es ig n ed t o
in c r ease, t h ro u g h t h e i n ter pre t a ti on of f a milia r p h y s ical p h e n ome na, th e
s tu de n t s · awa r e n ess of n a tura l forc es a n d o f th e eff ec t s of s cie n t ific di scove ry u po n co nte mpor a ry life a nd tho ug h t . Stu d e nt s spec iali z in g in
sc ie n ce s h o uld not t a k e th ese co u r ses.
Fo ur class h ou rs each week .



CHE MISTRY
1.

Inorganic Chemistry I

four credits

T hi s co u r se in cl u d es a c h e mi ca l st ud y of t h e stru c tur e a nd 'beh avior
of m a tte r . T opi cs s tre sse d in th e fir s t sem e ste r a r e t h e gas laws, so lut ion s , val en ce, ionizat ion , a c id s , bases, oxid a ti o n a nd r ed uct ion as w ell
a s t h e w r iting of eq u at ion s a n d sol ving of p r obl ems.
Th r ee cla s s a n d t hree l a boratory h ours each w e ek .

2.

Inorg anic Chemist r y II

four credits

T h is c ou r se is a con t inu a t io n of In or g a ni c Ch e mi st r y I a nd s t resses
the mor e funda m e ntal co n ce pts of n on- m e t a l s , m e tal s , ato mi c s truc tur e,
t h e p e ri odi c cl as s ific a ti o n of el e m e n t s, a nd si m pl e q u a litat iv e tests for
cat ion s a nd a nion s. Pre r eq ui s it e : I nor gank Ch e mi st r y I.
Th r ee cla s s a nd t h r e e la b oratory hours each w e ek .

3.

Inorganic Chemistry

five credits

A s tudy of the f unda m e n t a l princ ip les in rela ti on sh ip t o t he d e scri p tive ch e mi s t r y of n on-meta l ic el e m e nt s a n d their com pound s , p r er eq u is it e t o m ore a d v a nced s tudy.
Th r ee cl ass h ou r s, on e r ec itat io n , a n d th r ee l abor a t ory h ours ea c h
week.

CHEMISTRY
4.

Inorganic Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis

101

four credits

A co n ti nu at ion of Chemistry 3, with the latte r part of th e se m es t e r

d e v o t ed to qualitative a nalysis.
Three c lass h ours, one r ecitation, and three laborato, ·y hour s eac h
we e k.

21.

Qua litative Analysis

three credits

Thi s co ur se is a st udy of the theoretical prin ci pl es and prac ti ces
un d e rl ying a n a ly tical c h e mi s try. It inc lud es study and pract ice in se p a r at ing a nd id e n t ifyin g th e cations and a nions of the mor e co mm o n e le m e nt s a nd radi cal s. P r e r eq uisit e: Inorganic Chemistry.
Thr ee c lass a nd fo u r la boratory hours each week.

22.

Quant itative Analys is

three credits

Th is co urse g i ves i n tro d u ctor y training in th e th eo ry and p r a.ct ice
o f g r a ,· im e tri c, volum e t ri c, e l ec trolyti c, and pote ntiome tri c analysis.
Q u a ntitat ive calc u lat io n s a nd r e latio n s a r e stress ed. Pre r eq ui s ite : Q u a li tative An a lys is.
Three c lass a nd fo ur l a boratory hours each week.

31.

Organic Chemis try I

four credits

Thi s co urse i s a n el e c tive fo r tho se who plan to maj or or min o r in
Ch em istry. It includes a st udy of the hydrogen co mp o und s of carb o n of
the a liph at ic s e ri es w ith P. mph as is o n s tru c t ural r e lation s hi p s a nd no m e nc lat ure as well as on u ses a nd c h a r ac t e ri s tic prop e rti es . P r e r e q ui s ite :
Inorga ni c Ch e mi stry.
Three c lass a nd t h r ee l abor atory h o ur s each w eek.

32.

Organic Chemistry II

four credits

Th is co ur se i s a continu at io n of Organic Ch e mi s try T. Tt d eal s
prim a rily with t he a mines a nd prote in s a nd those co mp o un d s b e lo n gi n g
to th e a r on1atic se ries . Both mi c ro a nd se mi-micro t echni q u es a re e m p loyed t o str ess th e prop erti es a nd type r eactions of th e us u a l c lasses
of or ganic c ompound s. Pre r e qui s ite : Or gani c Chem is t r y J.
Three c lass a nd thr ee labo ratory h o urs each w eek.

36.

Chemistry of Food a nd Nutrition

t hree cred its

Thi s c o urse is a st udy of th e appli ca tion of food an d '])hy s iolog ica l
c h e mi stry to the nutriti on Gf m a n. T op ics includ ed a r e di e tary s tudi es .
food r eq uire m e nts of p e r son s of vario u s ages and e n v ir o nm e n ta l co nditi on s, en er gy m e ta boli sm

min e ra l

r eq uire m e nt s a nd util izat i o n , t11 e v ita -

min s, a nd the e ffec t of f oo d o n growth a nd well -being. Pr e r equis it e : Inorga ni c Ch e mistry.
Three class a nd t h r ee la boratory hours each w eek.



41.

Physical Chemistry

three credits

Thi s course is a n introduction to the fundam e ntal prin c ipl es of
theore ti cal ch e mistry with appli cati o n in the so: uti on of n r ob lem s a nd
training in the t echniqu es of phys ical-c h e m ical m easure m e n ts. Th e f oll owi ng topi c s a r e inclu d e d: ph ase rul e properties of solu t ion s, liquid s ,
solid s, gasses , s urface t en s ion, v a por press ures, os m otic pre~s ures, ch e n, i-

cal cell s, b uffe rs , indicato r s , ox idat ion-1·e d u c ti o n pote nti a l;;, a nd co n ditions affecting chemical eq uilibri a. Prerequisite : In organi c Ch e mi s try a nd
Phys ics I a nd II.
Two c las s and three laboratory hours each w eek .

42.

Industrial Chemistry

three credits

Thi s co urse deal s with the appli cat ion of theori es, law s a nd calc ulations of c h e mistry t p industri a l processes. An intensivP s tud y of at
least one m a j o r industri a l process is made by each s tud e nl. Th e c lass
work is s uppl e mente d by sel ec t ed l abor atory experien ces a nd num e r ou s
trips to n e ighboring industries . P r e r eq ui s ite : Inorgan ic Ch e m is try .
Two c lass and three laboratory hours e a c h w eek .

43.

Colloidal Chemistry

t hree credits

Thi s c ourse is a s tudy of s ub s t ance in the collo id a l s t ate w i t h particular em phas is on m e thod s of produ c in g sol s and gel s, stabilizing them
o r preve n t ing their formation a nd interference in c h e mi cal proce dures .

,
THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN

102
The

pract i ca l

a ppli ca t ion

to

variou s

ind u stri es,

agri culture ,

weath e r, so il s, a nd h o m e a nd co mmunity li fe will be s tre sse d.
it e: Inorga ni c Ch e mi s try.
Thr ee c lass a nd three l a boratory h o u rs each w eek.

44.

m cdi c in".

Pr e r equi s-

two credits

Water Analysis

Thi s c o u r s e is a st udy a nd a n a l ys is of water for p otabl e q u a liti e~
a nd fo r u se in indu s tri a l app li ca ti o n s. Th e treatment for so ft e ning and
elimin a ti on o f ind u s t ri a l co n ta min a ti o n i s e n1p h asiz ed.

P r e r equis i te:

In-

o r ga n ic Chemistry.
F o ur labo ratory h o u r s eac h week.

51.

Laboratory T ec hniques i n Chemistr y

.
th r ee credi t s

T hi s course in c ludes l rubo ratory p la nning ; selecting, ca r e , a nd stora ge o f e qu ip m e n t, m a king of s olu tions and various r e agents fr o 111 stock
s u pplies. Setting up c lass r oo m d e m o n st ration s fo r u se in seco nd a r y ,;ch ool s
is s tre ss e d . P r e r e qu is i te : Ino rganic Ch e mistry.
Two cl a ss and th r ee l aborator y h o ur s each week .

PHYSICS
1.

Physics I

four credits

T hi s is a n introd u c tory co ur se in m ec hani cs a nd e lec tri c ity. Som e
of the t o pi c s s tudi e d a r e t h e m e c h a ni cs o f solids, liquid s, gases. Th e
p ortion devoted to e lec tri c it y and magn et i. m dea ls wit h t h t ge n e ra l co nce pts o f m agn e li s n,, e l ec t rostatics, e l ectrical c irc uit s, g e n e rato rs . 1n o to rs ,
a nd a l te rn at ing currents.

Th r ee c lass a nd three l abor ator y ho ur s eac h w eek.

2.

Physics II

fo ur credi t s

Thi s i~ a co ntinuation of P hysi cs 1. Som e of th e to pi cs di sc u ssed
a r e : produ c tion a nd natu1·e of so un d wav es, including mu si cal so und s:
therm on1e t ry, cal o r i n1e try a nd h eat tra n sf e r e nce; r e fl ec tion a nd r ef ra c tion , opti ca l in.;; tr u ments, s p ec t ra an d inte r fere n ce; and se lect e d topic~
of th e n ewe r d eve lo pm e n t~ i n p h ysics s u c h fl~ ra cli oac tl vity a nd a t o mi c
e n e rgy.
Thr ee c lass an cl t hree l aborato ry hours each w ee k.

a.

General College Phys ics

five credits

A on e -se m este r co ur se dev o t e d to mo lec ul a r phy s ics, h eat , ,so und ,
a nd m ec hani cs , with spec ia l emphasis o n th e last. Pr er eq ui s ite: M at h e mat ics 1 3 01· M a th e matics 11 and 12.
T hre e c lass-rec ita ti on , two d e m on str ation, a nd t hree labo r ato ry h o ur ><
eac h w eek.

11.

Modern Phys ics

four credits

Thi s is a s t u dy o f t w n t ie t h c e nt un' p hy s ics. Th e c o ur se in c l ud es
th e d e v e lopm e nt in t h e rmi o ni cs , x-rays, a nd r a dioactivi ty . Co n s id e rabl P
attention is give n t o t h e m od e r n co n cep-ts of atomic stru c ture toge th e r
w ith th e m ec h a ni s ms of r e l ease of atomic e n ergy a nd its s ub seq u e nt
utilization.
Three c la s s a nd t hree laboratory hours eac h week.

21.

Mechani cs

four credits

Thi s is a n int e rm ed iate co ur se in mechanics of so lid s, liquid s, and
gas es: An op po r t un ity is prov id e d for a d ee per insight into the prin c ipl e s
i n ope r a tion and t h e ir prac ti cal ap plication. Studi es are mad e of r ec ti l in e a r a nd c irc ular mo tion, work a nd energy, impulse and m o m e ntum,
s impl o h a rmoni c moti on , a nd hydrostatics. Emp hasis is placed o n qualitative c o n s idera ti o n s. Pre r equisite: Physics I and II.
Three c lass a nd three laboratory hours each week.

26.

H eat

four credits

Thi s is a n inte rm e di a te co urse i n Heat. Th e b as ic c once pts and
princ ipl es are d e vel op e d more inte n s ive ly in th e s tudy of th e prope rties of
gases an d in themodyn ami cs. Some of the specific topics s tudi e d are



SOCIA L STUDIES

103

t e rnp e rature n1easure n1 ent s, expan si \'i ty . specific h ea t s, th e rm a l co nd u e t i Yi ty of so l id s and l iquid s, th erm a l p r op erti es of gases, c h a n ge of p h a~f•

:incl h eat r- n g in es.

Pre r e quisite: P h ys i cs I , II.

Tht ('C- c la~s and t hr ee l abo ratory l1ours ea c h w ee k.

31.

Magnetism and E lectricity
Thi s is an aclYa n ce cl

co ur ::-e

four credits
in g e n er al

el ect ri c ity ~nd n1 ag n e tis1n.

Th e e l ec tri c magn et ic fi e l d s, D . C. an d A. C. c ircui ts, capac i tance, indu c tance, e lectromot h· e fo r ce an d e l ec trical i n str u ment s n r e amo ng the
to pi cs d e v e l oped. P r e r e quisit es : Phy s ics I and II.
T hr ee c l ass and three labo rato ry h o ur eac h wee k.

32.

three credi ts

E lectronics

Thi s is a co ur ~e cl ·clling· w i t h th e e h .-c-l r on, indu c ing th e: c h a r g e, e n1i s-

~ion , a nd v e l oc ity of t h e e l ect r o n.

Th e f und ame n tal s of vacu um tub e s

and th e ir c ircuits a nd t h e u se of tub es i n con1n1uni ca ti o n s a nd in du st r.' ·

"r" s tudi e d .

P r e r eq ui s ite : P hy s ics I a nd II.

Two c l ass a nd thr ee Ja,bo r atory h o ur s each w eek.

33.

Radi o Communi cation

thr ee credits

Co n s ide r ati on of t h e gen e r a l princ i pl es u s e d in the co n s trn cli0 11 o t"
ra

  • Li on o f t h e code.
    Tw o cl ass a nd th1· ee l a'borat o ry h ours e ac h w eek.

    41.

    Opti cs

    thr ee cr edits

    T hi s is a n i n terme d iat e co ur !:ie in optics. G eo n1 et ri ca l a n d phys ic al
    opt ics a r e in c lu d e d.
    H.e fl ect io n an d refraction a t surfaces, l enses, in te r -

    f e r e n ce an cl diffraction, el e m e nta r y . p ectroscopy and pola r isatio n of l ig h t
    ;er e di sc u sse d. App l ica li on s a r e mad e i n t h e stu d y of op ti c a l i n s trum e nt~.
    Pre r e quisites : I' h y:,;i<;:,; l and Tl .
    'l.'wo c ln.ss a nd three hbo r ato ry ho urs e ach w eek.

    46.

    S ound

    t hree credits

    Thi ,; is a n in te rm e di ate co ur s e in th e s t u dy of so und. T h e phy s ical
    has is of so un d i s s tudi e rl und e r s u c h topi c s as ,vave n1oti o n , c h a r ac t e ri. ti cs of so und w aves, r e1J1·od uc ti o n an d m easur em en t of Houn d, th e ea r
    an d h ea rin g , a nd a r chi tec t ura l a c o u s ti cs a nd so und in sul at ion. Prer eq u i s-

    ite s : Phy s ics I an d II.
    Two c lass an d thr ee l abo r atory ho urs ea ch ,v eek.

    51.

    Ph ysica l Measurements

    two credits

    Th i :-; is a co ur ~e in th e stud y of vari o u s pr ec ision ml•:t s u r in g d ev ice s.
    Th e prin c ip les of ope-ratio n and l)ract ical u ses a r e E:• 111p h as iz ed.
    So m e
    in s trur11 e n t s u sed a r e t h e ve rn i er caliper, n1ic r on1eter s, ~phe r on1eter , catheto111 e t er s, m icro 1n e t e r 111 i cr oscopes , p1· essu r e gaug es , a u d in1 e te1·s, sext:1 nt s.



    Jo ll y bal a n ees, ph o t u m e ters , s p ec lrom eter , p ote nti o m e t e r s, bal aslic- ga lva n o m e t e r s. and osC'i l losc ope s . P r e r eq ui s i tes : P hy s ics T a ncl I 1.
    On P <· lass and thr ee l abo r a t o ry h o ur s e a c h we ek.

    SOCIAL STUDIE S
    G EORGE S. HART, C h ai rma n
    FRA:\'K W. LK\/ OX, GEORGE IT. ROADMAN, EMM /\ S ,\ t'CO.
    :11:ALVER NE R. WOLFE

    21, 22 .

    W orld Cul t ure I & II

    ten credits

    A sury ey of tl1e evo luti on of n1a n· s c ulture -his go \· •r nn, e nta l , eco -

    n omi c , soc ia l, r eli giou s , inte ll ectu a l , a nd aesth e t i c activiti es from th e
    b eginning s of th e rac e to th e pr esent tim e.
    Art Cont ri b u t ion l o W o r l cl C ulture -An in terp r e ta t io n of th e c r ea ti ve
    ex pr es RionB o f pr ese n t Ft ncl pa st c u l t ur es.

    Mu sic- Cn n tr ibuti o n lo , vorld C u lt ure-A n o ri e ntat io n i n m u s ic ex per ie n ce wh ic h a im ~ to Pq uip t h e p r ospect iv e tea c h er with a kn ow l e d ge
    a nd und er~tand in g of m u s ic as it r e la t es t o gen e r al e du ca tio n a ncl t h e
    a r t of da il ,· l iving.
    FiY e cl ass r oo rn h ou1·s e a c h " reek fo r t w o se1n esterR.

    104

    THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN

    41, 42.

    American Citizenship

    six credits

    A c o ur se whi c h d eal s with the evolution of t h e Co n s t itu ti o n of th e
    Unit ed S tates thr o u g h an1 e ndm ent , l eg i sl a ti ve a nd judi c ia l inte rpr e tation

    and c u sto m .

    B r oa d prin c ipl e s of g ove rnme n t as r e l ate d to c itiz e nship

    a r e s tr es sed , wi th duti es, ri g h ts, p riv ileg es and r es p o n s i b ili ti es of
    i nd i \·idu a l giv en rn a j or co n sid e r ation.

    the

    Three c la~s roorn h o ur s eac h we ek for two semes t e r s .

    60.

    Teaching t he Secondary Social Studi es

    th r ee credits

    'I'hi s c o ur ~e is intended to familia r ize prospective t each e rs wi th de s irab l e n1 et h od s whi c h may be u sed in t eachi ng the so c ial stud ie ~.

    ph as is

    is

    p l a ce d

    on

    the

    ph il osophy, ob j ectiv e s, courses

    En1-

    of st u dy , and

    or ganizat i on of s u b j ec t m att er for t eac hing pu rp oses , c urri c ulum mat e ri a l s,
    p r oce dur es and d e v e l opm e nt.

    Three c l a ss h o urs each ,ve ek.

    HISTORY
    11. & 12.

    Hi story of Civilization I & II

    six credits

    A study of the origin and d e v el opment of the po li ti ca l, soc ia l , eco no mi c a nd r e li g io u s in stit u tions ·w hic h constit u te n1od e rn civ iliza tion ,
    w i th e n1ph a s is up o n bro ad n1 ove m e nts to make reali stic t he in fon11ation
    n ecessa r y f o r a p roper und e rsta ndin g of th e g reat h e ritage that is o ur s
    in t h e p r e sent d ay
    T hr ee c.: la:-.: s z· o on1 ho ur s e a c h w eek for l"-1 0 sem e ste rs.

    31.

    Hi st or y of United States and Pennsylvania I

    t hree credits

    A sun· ey co ur s e in th e hi sto r y of the United Stat e s a nd P enn s y l vania
    from th e beginning o f t h e col o ni a l p e riod to th e end of the C i vi l War.
    Empha:-.:is i s plac ed on th e s o c ial 1 eco no n1ic and po l i t ical d e v el opme n t
    of o ur na t ion 1n g e n e ral and of our Co rnm o nw e alth in pa rt ic ul a r.
    Thr ee c l ass h o ur s e a c h w eek.

    32.

    Hi st ory of United States and Penn syl vania II

    th r ee credits

    A s urY e y c o ur s e in th e hi s t o ry o f t he Unit e d Stat es and P e nnsy l,· an ia

    fr o m 1 8 65 t o th e pr ese nt. Str e s s is placed on th e impa c t of th e Indu s t rial R e vo lu ti o n o n ou r soc iety, th e growth of the l abo r wo rl d power ,
    o ur par t in ·wor ld ,Var s I a nd II and t h e act ivities of o ur n at ion in l) ehalf
    of

    in t e rnat ional organiz a tion.

    'Th re e c la s::; ho ur s each week .

    33.

    Contemporary Am eri can Hi sto r y

    three credits

    A de t ail e d s tudy of th e po l icies a nd probl e ms of t h e Unite d S t ates
    i n th e tw e nliell1 c e nt ury , with en1phas is u po n th e S eco nd W o rld War a nd
    th e post-war p e ri od . Prer e quisit es : Hi story 31 a nd 32.
    'l'h ree c l a s s hour s each week.

    34.

    Hi story of Penn sylvania

    three credits

    A stu d y o ( th e fo undin g and d e \' e lo pm e n t of P e nn s ylvania fr o m its
    co loni a l beginning to th e pre se n t time. Emphasis i s p l ace d on the social,
    econom ic and p o l iti c a l d e v e lopm e nt s in i h e diff e r e nt p e riods of it s hist o ry.
    Spec ia l att e nti o n i s given to the div e rsity of the peopl e, th e ir
    in st itutio ns a nd probl e m s and th e grow t h of Pennsy l va nia t o a l ea ding;
    p os ition in ou r n1odern indu st r ial wor l d.
    Three c l ass h o ur s eac h week .

    35.

    Diplomatic Hi stor y of the United States

    three credits

    Sp ec ial e mpha s is is pl ace d o n a st ud y of o ur fo r e ign relations from
    th e b eg innin g of o ur n atio nal hi s tory to th e prese nt. Such as p ects as
    th e grow t h a nd influ en ce of a pol ic y of "i s olation," the c r eation and
    d eve lopm e nt of t he Monro e Doct rin e, t h e -, h ang ing position of th e United
    States as a world power , and the problems incide nt to the ass umption
    of th e r es ulti ng r esp on s ibi l iti es.
    Three c l ass hours each week.



    HISTORY
    41.

    Earl y European History from 1500 to 1815

    105
    t hree credits

    A st udy of: t h e d e v elopme n t of t h e soc ial , eco n o mi c , p o li t l a l , r e li g iou :-3 and cultu ral exp eri n ces of the E u ropea n peopl e, e mpha sizin g t h e

    c au ~e an d e ff ec t of in te r - r e l n ti o n a nd inter-d e pend e n ce of h ot h pe op le a nd
    eve nt s that are •bas ic t o und e r s t a nding the fundamental force s that lea d
    to mod e rn I ife.
    'i' hr ,· e cl ass hours eac h week.

    42.

    Hi s t ory of Europe fr om 1815 to Prese nt

    t hree credits

    A co mpre hensive s tudy of the factors co n tributed by th e Europea n
    J)t"OPI • in th e ir national o rganizati o n through th e ir politi ca l, socia l a nd
    ~c·o n nmic ac th·iti e s.
    Th e und e r s t a nding of th e ca. ual and in te rgroup
    r...~l ationships a r e essentially basic to ana lys is and inte rpr e tations of th e

    dil'Ci c ulli es faci n g t h e Eu r opean world today.
    Three c lass h o ur. each wee k.

    43.

    Contemporary European Hi s tory

    t hree credits

    Co n sideratio n of th e d -ve lop m ent a nd r eo r ganization of politi ca l.
    ~oc ia l, a n d econom ic prob! m s since the First vVorld ·w,u· and of th e
    in tern::ttion:-i l aspects of v i tal que st io n s.

    Prerequisites : I-Iistory 11. and 42.

    Three class ho ur s eac h ·w eek .

    45.

    The Rennaissanc e to Refo rmation

    three cr edi ts

    A st u dy of t h e Renna is ·a n ce a nd Refo rm ati o n with parti ular e mp lrns is on the impor t ant politi c al, econ om ic , social and cu ltura l forc es
    thHt e me r g ed during this peri od of t r a n s iti o n and u she r ed in th e n1 od ern

    w este rn c ultur e.
    and th

    Emphasi · is p lac ed on the e voluti o n o f modern s tat e s

    ri.· e of individua lism.

    Three c lass ho urs eac h week .

    51.

    Hi story of Eng land

    three credits

    Thi s co urse tra ces the growt h of the peop le and in st ituti on of
    l•:np; land fr o m the co nqu es t by th e Angl o -Saxons to the pre se nt. Th e
    e mphasis is placed o n th e d evel op m e nt of those fact o r s t h at gav ri se
    to th e s tru ~gle a nd event th at c ulminated in th e es t a bli s hm e nt of d emo cr at i c nrin ci ples a n d organizatio n in our n1oclern "·orlcl .

    Three class h o ur s e ach week.

    55.

    Hi story of Latin Amer ica

    thr ee credits

    This co urse s urv eys the d e v e lopm e nt of the L at in Am e ri ca n co u ntri es from the period of di sco\Te ry to th e pre se nt. Th e eco nomic. soc ia l,
    pol i t i<:a l and c ultural ar as r ece ive spec ia l attention first as dome ·t ic
    p r ob! ms, then as they a r e r elated to the v a rious poli tical uni ts in vol ved.
    Th in fluence of European a n d Ame ri can r e la ti o n s as th e y are r eflected
    in l o a l ch anges are given consideration.

    Three c lass hours e ach week.

    61.

    History of the Middle Eas t and India

    three credits

    A st udy of the vari ou s civ iliza tion s that d eve lop e d in this area with
    r egard to their cont ri b ution s as th ey influe nced both orien t a l a nd occid e nta l achi eve m e nt s. Sp ec ial e mphas is is placed o n t h e m o d e rn "-"P<'ds
    of t h e ir re l a ti o n to world kno,vledg e an d to probl e m s of curr ent inte rna -

    tiona l int e r es t.
    T hree class hour s each week.

    62.

    Hi stor y of th e Far East

    three credits

    A st u dy of th e d e velopment of the peop le of C hin a, 1 ndi:t, J :11m n ,
    l ndon e . ia an d the Pacific Isla nd s. Atte ntion is given t o th e ir c ultures
    anci d e v e lopme nta l problems as th ey are r el ated to each oth r a nd to the
    0 ·c id e nt .
    Thre e class h o ur s each w eek.

    65.

    Twen tieth Cent ury World Hi story

    three credits

    Th e significance of events in the pr ese n t century is bro u ght out in
    thi s co urse by a study of th e growth of capitali sm, impe rialism. tota lita rianism. intern atio n a l j ealousies, World W ars I a nd II a nd t h atte mpts
    of th e family of n ations to find world p ace through inte rn atio n a l und e rstanding.
    Thre e claEs h our s each w eek .

    106
    66 .

    THE CALIFORNIA BULLETIN
    I nte rnationa l Relation s 1919 t o th e Presen t

    three credits

    'l'his co urse e n1ph as izes th e mod e rn eco n oin ic, socia l , po li t i cal, re li g io u s an d c ultura l probl e m s t h at r efl ect the ir influence of inte rnat ional r e lati o n sh i ps of lh e n at io n s of th e w orl d u s ing th e U nite d States a s th e
    poin t of depa rture. S p ecial attentio n is paid to the str u ggl e of t h e p eopl e
    throu g h

    thei r r e pr ese n tat iv es i n in tern atio na l co nf er en ces an d organiza-

    tion s t o r eso l ve their diffe r e n ces .
    T hree cl ass hour s each ·w eek .

    67.

    The United Nations : Organiza tion a nd Function

    three credits

    Thi s co urse con s ists of t h e s tudy of th e evo luti o n of th e U nited
    Nation s wit h e mphasi s upon the o rga nizat ion a nd f un ct ion of it s prin c i pal o rga n s .
    '.l' hr ee c lass hour s eac h w eek.

    SOCIAL SCIENCE
    21.

    Economics I

    three credi ts

    r.rhis co ur se en1phasiz e s ec onomic p ri nc ipl es whi c h a re f und a rn e nta l
    f or a n apprec iatio n of ou r rnoder n econon1y . \Vhi l e st r ess in g t h e forc es
    a nd facto r s that ex p l ain production, distribution, and co n s u 1nption in o ur

    capita li stic ord e r, rnuc h attent io n i s a l so g ive n to p racti cal eco no n1i c 1n at t e r s , in c luding l abor prob l e m s, co-oper ative moveme nts a nd bu s in ess
    1:1anage m e n t .
    Thr ee c l ass hour s each "'eek.

    22.

    Contemporary Economic Problems

    three credits

    Thi s co ur se con s is ts of a st udy of c e r tain of our mor e cru c ial p r ese nt
    day prob l e n1s s u c h as: l abo r r e l ations, n1oney an d ba n king, soc ia l was te,
    th e fa mil y, crime a nd d e lin q u en cy, r ace r ela tions, in te rn at ional trad e,
    gove rnm e nt r eg ul at io n a nd t h e indi v idu a l's r esp on s ibilit y as a c i t ize n of
    th e world .
    T hree c lass ho ur s each week.

    31.

    Principles of Sociology

    three credits

    Thi s i s a basic co ur se in soc iol ogy d ealin g with the inte rac ti o n a ri s ing f rom t h e assoc iatio n of hum a n b eings. Emphasis is p la ced u pon n atural
    a n d soc ia l h e ritage, th e m ea nin g a nd f un ctions of cu l tur e, th e origin,
    fun c ti o n , a nd c h a ract e ri st ics of soc ia l in st i t ution s, s u c h as t he f a mily,
    r e l ig ion, a.n d t h e sta t e; with inqui ry into the n at ure and gen es is o f
    soc ia l pa t h olog y .
    Thr ee c l ass hour s each ,v eek.

    32.

    Contemporary Social Problems

    three credits

    A c r it ical s t udy of se l ected contemporary s ocia l probl e m s, in cludin g
    cri1n e, d ivorce, d eli nq u en cy , etc., in th e ir r el at ion to our traditional soc ial
    instituti o n s . Curre nt cl ata a nd re m edia l proposal s wi ll be caref ully ex ami n e d a nd eva lu ated in the li g ht of b as ic soc iologi cal pri n c i p l es.
    Thr ee c l ass hour s each w eek .

    33.

    H orne and Family L iv ing

    three credits

    Thi s c o u r se d eal s with t h e d evel opm e nt of th e fami ly a nd the home
    in its hi sto r ical , eco nomic and l egal asp ec t s. Th e v a riou s factors influ enc in g th e o rganiza ti on, diso rganizatio n a nd r eorg a nizat ion of the
    fami l y a r e consid er ed . as w e ll as the mode rn tren d s in t hi s basic in s tit uti o n.
    Three c lass hour s each w eek.

    41.

    American Governm en t

    three credits

    A s tudy of t he g e n eral p rin c ipl es of t he Ameri can syste m of con s ti t ution a l gov e rnm e nt; s peci a l e mphasi s is placed up o n th e organ izatio n and
    fun c ti o n s of th e n a tional gov ernm e nt-l e gi s l at ive, executive a nd judicial;
    o n the rig hts a nd duti es of c i t iz e n s hi p, th e e lec tora t e, political parti es ,
    c ivil ri ghts a nd th e growin g r eg ul a tory functions of governm e nt are
    caref ull y tr eat e d.
    Thr ee class hours each w eel,.

    I
    l



    SOCIAL SCIENCE
    42.

    Municipal Government

    107
    three credits

    Thi s co urse d eal s with the history, organiza tion, s tru c ture a nd functi ons of th e m a j or typ es of city governm e nt in t h e United States. Conside r at io n is giv e n to the deve lopment of mod e rn adm ini s trative t ec h niqu es a nd m et h o d s as th ey a pply to municipaliti es. The preva iling forms
    of gove rnm e nt and a dmini s tration use d by borough s a nd town s hip s in
    P e nn sy l vania are s ur veyed.
    Three cl ass hour s each week.

    43.

    Comparative Government

    three credits

    In thi s cour se m a j or atten t ion is g iven to Great Bri t a in and Sov iet
    Ru ssia as best r eprese nting, a mong foreign gov ernm e nt s, the d e moc r at ic
    and a uthoritarian s y s t e m s . Bri ef cons id e r atio n i s g iv en t o the gove rnm e nt s
    of Fra n ce, Italy, Germ a ny a nd J a pan. Fr e quent compari so n s a nd co ntras ts
    are drawn bet,veen th ese gover nm e nts and g o v e rnrnent in th e U nit e d
    State s.
    Three c lass hours each w eek.

    51.

    Consumer Education

    three credits

    Thi s co urse i s d esig n e d to d evelop t echniqu es a nd method s whi c h
    will e n a bl e t h e buy e r t o eva lu ate, on a qua li t y and pri ce basis, th e myriad
    goo d s so ld in th e mod e rn marke t p lace. Among th e matt e r s co n s id e r ed
    a r e the fo ll owing: in stallm e nt ·buying, choi ce of p r o du ct, in s ura n ce, adverti s ing a nd others of sim ila r importance.
    Thr ee class h ours.

    52.

    Industrial Relat ions

    three credits

    A st udy of t h e m e th od s by which w o rke r s, e mploye rs, a nd the public

    have bee n and a r e now attemp ting to s olve labor-manage ment probl e ms.
    Pr esent progra ms ar e e v a luat ed in the l ight of und er l ying eco nomic principles. Labor and man ageme nt r e pre se ntatives from th e a r ea ar e invit ee!
    in when possibl e.
    Three class hours each week.

    •'

    l

    I

    IN D EX

    108

    INDEX
    Accommodation s for Commuting Stu dents
    Activity Fee
    Administrative Officers
    Adm ission and Graduation
    Admi ssion of Freshmen
    Admi ssion of S t udents with
    Advanced S tan ding
    Advanced Standing Credit ..
    A eronautics
    Contents of Area of
    Specialization
    Alumni , T he ...
    Applica t ion of the Admis s ion R eq uiremen ts
    Athletics
    ... .....
    Biol ogy, Conten t of Area
    fo r Spec iali zation
    Board of Trustees, College..
    Boards of Control
    Books . Cos t of
    Buildings, Prese nt
    Ca len dar , College
    Campus, Bui ld ings and
    Eq uipmen t
    Candidacy fo r Degree
    Certification of T each er s .. ..
    Chemistr y, Content of Area
    for Specia lizatio n
    Cit izenship
    Classifi cation
    Clini ca l Serv ices
    Clin ica l Services for Colleg e Students
    College Certificate,
    P en 11anent
    College Certi fi cate,
    P rovisiona l
    Coll ege Expen ses
    Co ll ege Staff
    Coll ege, Th e
    Commuti ng Stude nts,
    Accommodations for
    Conten t of Area for
    Speci ali zation:
    Elementary School
    Teaching
    Atypical E du cation
    Secon dary School
    T each ing
    Con tent~
    Contingent F ee for PartT ime S t udents
    Contingen t F ee for Summer
    Session Stud ents
    Cooperati Ye T ea chers

    31
    68
    7
    33
    34
    35
    38
    59
    58
    22
    33
    29
    61
    6
    6
    69
    19
    4
    19
    41
    46
    62
    43
    39
    22
    22
    46
    46
    66
    7
    17
    31

    58
    57
    59
    3
    67
    67
    12

    Cost of Books
    Credi ts
    Curriculums , The:
    E lementary Curriculum ..
    Industrial Arts
    Curriculum
    Secondary Curriculum
    Damage Fee
    Deg r ee
    D egr ee F ee
    D eli nqu e nt Acco u nts
    D epar t ment of P u b lic
    In stru ction
    Desc r iption of Courses :
    Art
    Atypica l Education
    Biologica l Scien ces
    Botany
    Chemistr y
    Drawing a nd Design
    Educatio n
    Engl i h Compos itio n
    Engli s h Literat ur e
    Geograp h y
    H ealth Education
    Hi story
    I ndu strial Arts
    Mathematics
    Music
    Orientation
    Physics
    P sych ology
    Science
    Shop
    S ocial Sciences
    Social Studies
    Speech
    Speech Correction
    Zoology
    D ormitories for Men
    Dor mitories for W omen
    Earl y C hildhood Education,
    Con tent of Area for
    Specialization
    Englis h, Conten t of Ar ea
    for Sp ecializa ti on
    E valu atio n of Credits
    Excess Credits
    Exten sion Credits ....
    Faculty, The
    F a iling Grades
    Fee., Depos its a nd
    Repayments
    General R equi rem ents for
    Admi ss ion

    69
    36



    49
    52
    50
    68
    41
    69
    69

    6
    71
    79
    98
    99
    100
    82
    73
    87
    89
    94
    80
    104
    82
    96
    72
    77
    102
    78
    98
    84
    106
    103
    91
    91
    99
    31
    30


    I

    58
    59
    38
    36
    37
    8
    42
    66
    33

    l

    l

    INDEX

    r

    II

    [

    Science, Content of
    Area for Specialization . 61
    Geography, Content of
    Area for Specialization . 60
    Grading System
    36
    Grad uati on Requirem ents ,
    Summary of .
    44
    Gues t Meals
    67
    H ealth Education and
    Athleti cs
    27
    H ealth Service
    28
    Hi story of th e College
    17
    Honors
    41
    Hous ing Facilities
    30
    H ous ing Fee
    67
    Industrial Arts Curriculum 52
    Indu strial Arts Electives ... 53
    Infirmary Fee
    69
    f ntermedi ate Education,
    Co ntent of Area for
    Specia lization
    58
    Late Regi stration Fee
    67
    Library and Laboratories ... 21
    Living Outs ide Dormitories 31
    Location of th e College
    18
    Mathematics , Content of
    Area for Specialization . 60
    Matriculation Cards
    70
    Normal School Credits
    38
    Orientation
    77
    Payment of Bills . .. .. .. .
    70
    Physics, Content of Area
    for Specialization
    102
    Placement Service
    47
    Plan of the College Grounds
    2
    Present Buildings
    19
    Purpose of the College
    17
    Quality Point System
    41

    Release of Certificates
    R eligi ous Advantages
    Repa yments
    R es id ence Req uir ements
    Schola stic Sta ndin g
    Seco ndar y Cuniculum
    Secretarial Staff
    Social Life
    Social Studi es-Hi stor y,
    Content of Area for
    Specialization
    Social Studies -Social
    Science, Content of Area
    for Specialization
    Speec h Correction, Content
    of Area for
    Speciali zation
    Speech, Content of Area
    for Specialization
    State Council of Educa tion
    Studen t Activit ies
    Student L oan Fund
    Student Development
    Student Teaching
    Student T ea ching for
    Experienced Teachers
    Summary of Annua l F ees
    Summ ary of Graduation
    Requirem ents
    Summer Session Credits
    Summ er Session F ees
    Tra nscript F ee
    Tran script of Credits
    Tuition Fee for Non-Resident of P enn sylvania
    Vet eran s at California
    Withdrawa l$

    109
    47
    26
    69
    43
    38
    50
    7
    26
    62
    63
    65
    64
    6
    26
    23
    24
    43
    44
    66
    44
    37
    67
    69
    47
    68
    32
    40